INNOVATIVE AND TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE SUPPLY CHAIN BASED ON INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT: DESIGN IMPLICATIONS...

Francesco PerozzoMSc Architecture: Advanced Environmental and Energy Studies

Graduate School of the Environment Centre for Alternative Technology, Machynlleth, Powys, SY20 9AZ, UK tel: 01654 705981

School of Computing and Technology University of East London Docklands Campus 4-6 University Way London E16 2RD tel: 020 8223 3000

PREFACEIndustrial Hemp or Cannabis sativa L. is an annual plant producing natural fibers and seeds. It was one of the first crops to be grown by mankind while nowadays strong scientific evidence from many fields suggests the great potentials for the coming future for Hemp applications. Although many “enthusiasts” claim that it could solve many current crises, it could surely be part of many solutions, firstly because hemp does have several strong and genuine environmental credentials over other industrial crops and then because many of its products can be really be “sustainable” if their life cycle is followed properly.More market opportunities exist for the mid and long term future of the industry, especially for value added products.While the food applications are experienced growth, the markets for building components have yet to achieve their maturity, especially because the necessary and costly decortication plant which separate the most useful Hemp stem's components, hurds and shivs.Currently little successful integrated supply chain exists mainly because there is no adequate supply chain management that could overcome this problem by organizing efficiently viable initiatives.The research merge innovative concepts, fundamental theory in supply chain management with a qualitative questionnaire with relevant professional in the Hemp business, globally. This convergence gives useful insights on how to organize effectively hemp supply chain, particularly regarding alimentary and building applications.The model aim to create social, environmental and economic value through a local and resilient initiative that involve also other aspects and activities, proposing an innovative and adequate way to deal with many current that our societies are facing, with a bottom-up approach and through market-driven change.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTSFirst and foremost I would like to thank the Centre for Alternative Technology (CAT) that enabled and inspired me to enhance personal interests through strong informative scientific knowledge and continuous motivations.I would like to thank all the staff, lecturers and the stunning location, especially the sauna in the site reservoir.I would like to thank also all the CAT friends that helped me to do the extra mile. Their support, guidance and passion have been determinant for me.Especially Joe, with whom I grew my first 4, 3 hectares of organic Industrial Hemp with. Healso introduced me to Iain Tolhurst, his stock-free farm and the uplifting Hardwick Estate, to which I am truly indebted for allowing my soul to speak louder and my brain to understand part of that.I'd like to acknowledge also the boys of Walsall RFC that offered me many chances to understand better friendship and how sports are full of metaphors of life, especially if you play rugby. A special thanks to my family for their support in many ways, my sister for the essential laptop to create this work and because she always remember me that life is not what you expect but it's ok anyway; my mother and father because their commitment, examples, values and history has always stimulated me to discover and understand the world and its people, while being more able to face difficulties with serene and focused attitude. At the end I would like to express appreciation to all the authors, professionals, researchers and other contributors that helped me to create this research, especially for those who embrace an open source approach.

INNOVATIVE AND TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE SUPPLY CHAINBASED ON INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT:

DESIGN IMPLICATIONS AND KEY FACTORS FOR DUAL CROPHEMP TO TARGET THE FOOD AND BUILDING INDUSTRY.

Francesco PerozzoMSc Architecture: Advanced Environmental & Energy Studies

January 2015

PREFACE..........................................................................................................................................................2ACKNOWLEDGEMENT.....................................................................................................................................2TABLE OF CONTENTS.....................................................................................................................................4METHODOLOGY AND METHODS...................................................................................................................8GLOSSARY......................................................................................................................................................10 1- THE AGE OF CHANGES...............................................................................................................11

2- THE BUILDING AND AGRICULTURAL SECTORS.....................................................................17

2.1- BUILDINGS TODAY AND IN THE FUTURE.............................................................................................17

2.2- AGRICULTURE , LAND AND FOOD........................................................................................................19

3- TRANSITION..................................................................................................................................22

3.1- THE MANY SHAPES OF THE TRANSITION...........................................................................................223.2- THE SUSTAINABILITY REVOLUTIONS..................................................................................................223.3-BARRIERS AND LIMITATIONS OF SUSTAINABILITY..............................................................................24

3.4- THE LINEAR AND CIRCULAR PARADIGMS...........................................................................................24

3.5- LOCALISATION AND COMMUNITY RESILIENCE..................................................................................303.6- THE BIOECONOMY.................................................................................................................................343.6.1- ADAPTING THE INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES TO NATURE.................................................................35

4- HEMP TBL SUPPLY CHAIN: TEORETICAL FRAMEWORK, KEY FACTORS AND DESIGN INSIGTHS, FROM A SINGLE COMPANY TO INTEGRATED SUPPLY CHAIN.............................................37

4.1- THE TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE AND THE CURENT FRONTIERS OF THE BUSINESSES SECTOR.......374.2- NEW BUSINESS LOGIC BACK TO COMPANY(LATIN FORM COM-PANIS, SHARING OF BREAD)...........................................................................................................................................................404.3- ADEQUATED SKILLS AND NEW CAPABILITIES...................................................................................424.4- TRANSITION-ORIENTED BUSINESS....................................................................................................44

5- INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT AS KEY FOR SUSTAINABLE SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT...............................................................................................................................................46

5.1- THE LEAN MANAGEMENT CONCEPT...................................................................................................485.2- INCLUDING TBL IN PRACTICES...........................................................................................................515.3- DESIGNING ADEQUATED SUPPLY CHAINS........................................................................................535.4- RESILIENCE THINKING AND RISK MANAGEMENT.............................................................................575.5- LEARNING AS INTEGRATING IN ORGANIZATIONS............................................................................585.6- COORDINATION AND LEARNING: CONTROLLABILITY AND FLEXIBILITY........................................595.7- MANAGERIAL PROBLEM SOLVING AS FUNDAMENTAL FACTOR FOR LEARNING APPROACH....63

6- SELECTED HEMP SECTORS, MODEL'S PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS..........................656.1- HEMP STRAW APPLICATIONS FOR THE BUILDING SECTOR...........................................................696.2- HEMP PROCESSING: THE SEEDS.......................................................................................................736.3- COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE AND AND MARKET EXPANSION ….......................................................76

7- THE PROPOSED INTEGRATED HEMP SUPPLY CHAIN MODEL: VALUATIVE DISCUSSION WITH THE INTEGRATION OF THEORY AND PRACTICAL EXPERIENCES, REFINING AND UPGRADINGTHE MINIMAL ENVIRONMENTAL MODEL BY RHYDWEN(2006)................................................................777.1- MOTIVATIONS TO START A HEMP INITIATIVE.....................................................................................777.2- I NTEGRATED SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (Related to question n° 2)..........................................797.3- SUPPLY CHAIN DESIGN APPROACH...................................................................................................817.4- THE APPLICATION OF THE OPEN SOURCE APPROACH TO INITIATIVE'S DESIGN........................837.5- FOOD CROPS AND NON FOOD CROPS …..........................................................................................847.6- LOCAL (or not) RANGE OF ACTIVITIES (Related to question n°3).......................................................857.7- THE CASE FOR COOPERATIVE (Related to question n°4)..................................................................87

7.7.1- NEW GENERTIONS CO-OPS..............................................................................................................87

7.7.2- INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT IMPLICATIONS.................................................................................90 8- THE FIRST MINIMAL ENVIRONMENTAL MODEL (Related to question n° 5).........................93

8.1- CONSIDERATIONS ON PERCIEVED GAPS BETWEEN REALITY AND

IMPLEMENTATIONS.....................................................................................................................................1058.2- CONCLUSIONS: SEEDS AND FIBRES URDS.....................................................................................1068.3- CONCLUSIONS: THE THC ISSUE........................................................................................................107

9- SUMMARY CONCLUSION,..........................................................................................................1089.1-LIMITATIONS and FURTHER RESEARCH.............................................................................................1099.2 APPENDICES (see table of appendices).................................................................................................111REFERENCES...............................................................................................................................................191

LIST OF FIGURES:Figure 1-1 World population projection(EEA,2011)..........................................................................................11Figure 1–2 The evolving risk landscape (RSA, 2013)......................................................................................12

Figure 1-3 Evolution in human health risks (EEA,2011)...................................................................................12

Figure 1-4 Extract from “the Transition companion” Hopkins (2011)...............................................................15

Figure 1-5 Extract from “the Transition companion” Hopkins (2011)...............................................................16

Figure 2-1 Growing direct and indirect emissions in the building subsectors (IPCC-b,2013)..........................17

Figure 2-1b Regional direct and indirect emissions in the building subsectors(IPCC-b,2013)........................18

Figure 2-2 Building materials = 80% of construction co2 (Essex,2013)...........................................................18

Figure 3-1 The environment that support societies that creates economical systems. (wwf living planet,2014).....................................................................................................................................................23Figure 3-2 increase in publishing frequency 1990-2005 of articles with the words sustainability, sustainable development (.Linton et al.,2007)....................................................................................................................24Figure 3-3 Increase in product and material complexity, typical of the linear-consumeristic production system lead to significant material loss (rsa,2013).......................................................................................................26

Figure 3-4 Effect of circular system on material stock and landfills, cumulative volume of material used (WEF,201)........................................................................................................................................................27Figure3-5 Major stakeholder in the circular economy (rsa,2013).....................................................................29Figure 3–6 Examples from the transition website of benefits and relative co-benefits (link)...........................32Figure 3-7 'Bio' nomenclature and schematic diagrafram for the bioeconomy, (edited by author source glew,2013)........................................................................................................................................................36Figure 4-1 The triple bottom line takes off around the turn of the millennium, source environics international......................................................................................................................................................38Figure 4-2 The learning flywheel for business, value webs and government alike source Elkington 2004.....43Figure 4-3 Four main types of company and associated aniamal metaphors, and ‘value webs’ characteristics,along the evolutionary path to a sustainable economy and relative impacts and new priority........................43Figure 4–4 Fundamental aspect that have to be considered for a te initiative(hopkins,2011),........................45Figure 5-1 Finding effectivness btween resilience and efficiency, source ellen mc arthur foundationof supporting, source: elkington, 2004.................................................................................................................48Figure 5-2 The seven dimensions of wasted seen by shinogo (1981, 1988), (bowon) 2014)........................51Figure 5-3 The different components of system' sustaninability , area refers to particular location's activities while level refers to markets or sectors at large(bowon,2014).........................................................................52Figure 5–4 Inventory decisions and importance along supply chains, bowon 2014........................................54Figure 5-5 Inventory decisions are stretegically relevant for busines planning, and vary at stages, and in the case of hemp, could have strict seasonal limitations (bowon,2014)................................................................55Figure 5-6 The bullwhip effect, bowon 2014....................................................................................................56Figure 5-7 Different value drives create value through supply chain management.Bowon,2014....................60Figure 5–8 Integrating capability determine how a firm can achieve trade-offs beween felxibility and controllability (bowon,2014).............................................................................................................................60Figure 5-9 The effort to iimprove flexibility and controllability, through learning capabilities, usually follows the relationship of this kind of curve (bowon,2014)................................................................................................60Figure 5-10 The learning capability, given by knowledge improvement can lead to better results(bowon,2014).........................................................................................................................................61Figure 5-11 The fluctuations across different curves of the same line represen.ts the strategic chocie made by the actor in the supply chain.Source Bowon 2014.....................................................................................61

Figure 5-12 3c and feedback mechanism for learning organizations source owon,2014................................63

Figure 5-13 Single loop learningt avoids the roots causes, bowon(2014).......................................................64Figure 5-14 Integrated learning in action -learning propensity model..............................................................64Figure 6- Some hemp value chain tree, source: daff “2011.............................................................................66

Figure 6-1 Flow diagram detailing a typical processing chain for hemp straw (bouloc et al.,2013).................69

Figure 6-2 Uses of hemp in building sector, source: hemp out agency 2013..................................................70

Figure 6-3 Cultivated area related to thickness of the walls of hemp-lime buildings(rhydwen,2006)..............71

Figure 6-4 Flow diagram detailing the different routes for producing oil from oilseed crop(Bouloc,2013).......74

Figure 6-5 Disintermediation possible with c.s.a.-like local solutions; source: morin x., 2001........................75Figure 6–6 The increase of biodiversity is due to direct and indirect causes (Small, 2002)............................75

Figure 7-1 Hemp market value chain.Source: DAFF SA 2011.........................................................................83Figure 7-2 Finding effectiveness, the dynamic between resilience and efficiency. EllenMcArthur,.)...............85

Figure 8 The minimal environmental model for growing hemp in the UK ,(Rrhydwen,2006)...........................93

Figure 8-1 13,500 ha. Of cereal crops to exploit in order to introduce industrial hemp as a rotation crop, italian example in the canavese area, piedmont region.(Baldini et al 2014)....................................................96Figure 8-2 495 ha. of not cultivated or abandoned areas to recover hemp cultivation in the same canavese area, Piedmont. (Baldini et al 2014).................................................................................................................97

Figure 8-3 The CSS8 , by Valerio Zucchini is one of the most innovative tool suggested to increase cost-efficinnt hemp supply chains............................................................................................................................98

Figure 8–4 Simplified diagram showing the hemp use as energy source ,edited by the author, source (Glew 2013)..............................................................................................................................................................100

Figure 8-5- Possible bioenergy pathways based on hemp biomass (Rehman et al., 2013)..........................101

Figure 8-6 Production pathways to liquid and gaseous fuels from biomass (IPCC,2014).............................101

Figure 8–7 The steps to produce seed based bio-diesel (hempfuel,benhaim, no date).................................02

LIST OF TABLESTable 1–1 The framework of the nature principle resume adequately what we should and nedd to, aim for real development (Louv,2011...........................................................................................................................14

Table 2-1 Environmetally aware design priciples, similar to the permaculture design priciples and suggestions for the built environment.....................................................................................................................................................19

Table 2–2 Uncorfortable and unsustainable situations that are part of the concentration and consolidation trends in worldwide agricultural sectors, being also directly linkto behavioural change as diet habits discourses........................................................................................................................................................20

Table 2-3 Opportunities and major issues for a more circular food system WEF,2014)

Table 3-1 characteristc of two cultural systems (Holmgren,2002)...................................................................23

Table 3- 2 Indicative trends that indicate how the linear industrialized pattern need revision (RSA,2013)......................................................................................................................................................25

Table 3-3 Solutions offered by a more circular production path and economy

(RSA,2013)......................................................................................................................................................28

Table 3–4 Challlenges for a shift in towards more circular economiY (RSA,2013)..........................................30Table 3-5 New business opportunities, especially the most relevant for the hemp model proposed(Hopkins,2011)..................................................................................................................................31

Table 3-6 How localization works on a range of scales (Hopkins,2011)..........................................................33

Table 3–7 The basic characteristcs of a resilient Community..........................................................................34Table 3-8 Three specific waste reduction strategies suggested by MIT's(Senge and Carstedt 2001).............35Table 4-1 Seven major change that could be the most complex and important our species has ever had to negotiate .(Elkington,2004).............................................................................................................................38Table4-2 The seven divers discussed by Elkington and commented as to address them to a hemp business/entrepeneurial initiative.(Elkington,2004).........................................................................................................40Table 4-3 The new business logic needed redefine the company itself (Senge and Carstedt 2001).............41Table 4–4 TBL Agendaevolution “From factory to Boardroom” , Source Elkington 2004.................................42Table 4–5Major Integration challenges, Source Elkington 2004......................................................................43Table 4-6– Range of general necessary activities to achieve effective, lean and TBL coordination for companies........................................................................................................................................................44Table 4-7 The RE.economy project1 suggest that the mentioned aspects are “aspirational, voluntary and self-assessed – not something we expect every single enterprise to fully embrace from the beginning.”.......46

Table 4–8 Reason and motivations for setting up or running a transition initiative Source Hopkins 2011.......46

Table 5-1 An Overview of the mechanism of Lean Supply Model, firms periodically conduct rapid analyusis and then take improvements actions (Lehtinen and Torkko,2005).................................................................50

Table 5-2 The interdisciplinary aspects of Sustainabile supply chains, showing the same basic principles for TBL ,Source Bowon 2014 …...........................................................................................................................52

Table 5–3 Characteristics of sustainable stakeholder relatioship, Bowon (2014)............................................53Table 5–4 Short and long term considrations requires both strategic and operational adequated design Source Bowon 2014.........................................................................................................................................54Table 5-5 Information quality and relativeinformation failure, Source Bowon 2014.........................................55Table 5-6 Uncertainities variables for understanding adequated coordination at aggregate and product mix-levels.Source Bowon 2014..............................................................................................................................56Table 5–7 Applying resilience thinking with the seven principles,....................................................................58Table 5-8 Learning organization characteristics according to Bowon, (2014)..................................................59Table 5-9 Some major reasons why organizations outsource (Lehtinen and Torko,2005)..............................62Table 6- Major benefits of improved agricultural systems, hemp have strong agronomic potentials (Francis, 1996)................................................................................................................................................................65Table 6-1 Hemp can be useful towards the inevitable transitions descripted, by the autho.............................66Table 6-2 HEMP material balance sheet, breakdown of straw's derivate products and other components, Bouloc et. al edited by the author.....................................................................................................................67Table 6-3 Preliminary considerations for straw processing suggested by Bouloc(2013).................................68Table 6-4 Value by weigth Bouloc(2013)..........................................................................................................68 Table 6–5 Volumes required when storing the derivative constituents of hemp (Bouloc2013).......................68Table 6–6 Volume necessary to store the material produced by 1 t of Hemp, by the author datafrom (Bouloc, 2013)................................................................................................................................................................68Table 6–7 Surface area needed to store the material produces by 1 ha of hemp Bouloc(2013).....................68Table 6-8 Initials barriers for hemp building industry mainstreaming. Source by the author,2015...................70

Table 6-9 Environmental impact asociated with hemp+ binder walls(Bouloc,2013)........................................72Table 6-10 The basic material properties of the insulations used by Latif (2013) ...........................................73

Table 6-11 Fibers categories applications according to Benhaim et al.(no date).............................................73

1 The REeconomy project aims to help transition initiatives to engage local business and organizations, and stimulate new social enterprises in order to strengthen their local economy and increase community resilience(Hopkins,2011)

Table 7-1 Motivations and Reasons to be connected with hemp-related sectors ….......................................79Table 7.2 Current or future adoption of integrated supply management..........................................................82Table 7-3 Business range, of diverse major hemp stakeholders....................................................................85Table 7-4 – New typologies of co-ops related to emrging trends, especially the collaborative Economy , Bauwens (2012)...............................................................................................................................................88Table 7–5 Comparison of behaviours between traditional and new-generation co-operatives, Katz and Boland,2002.....................................................................................................................................................89

Table 7–6 Similarities with non-cooperatives organizations. Katz and Boland, 2002....................................90

Table 7-7 Degree of cooperative relationship operating in respondents' hemp initiative.................................92

Table 8- Refinement and Implementation suggested over the minimal model (Rhydwen,2006), to create an integrated TBL model of shemp supply chain..................................................................................................96Table 8-1 Main pros and cons of the current business according to major stakeholder opinion....................106Table 8-2 Major upfront costs and variable ones for major stakeholders.......................................................107Table 8-3Future perspective on seeds, shivs and fibers markets for the near future....................................108Table- THC Issue and perspective by the major stakeholder for the coming yuears.....................................111

LIST OF APPENDIXAPPENDIX 1 HEMP.......................................................................................................................................111APPENDIX 2 CLIMATE CHANGE................................................................................................................ 112APPENDIX 3 OVER-CONSUMPTION OF RESOURCES …........................................................................116APPENDIX 4 GLOBALIZED,CONSUMERISTIC-BASED AND NEOLIBERAL INDUSTRIAL SOCIETIES...123

APPENDIX 5 PRESSURES ON NATURAL CYCLES AND ECOSYSTEMS OVERLOAD...........................125APPENDIX 6 ENERGY ISSUES AND ENERGY DESCENT …...................................................................135

APPENDIX 7 WESTERN CIVILIZATION COLLAPSE OR LEARNING BY FAILING ?!................................138

APPENDIX 8 THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS, WAVES AND BUILDING SECTOR BEHAVIOURS..140

APPENDIX 9 AFOLU: LOCAL AND ORGANIC AGRICULTUREWITH PERMACULTURE INSIGTHS.........146APPENDIX 10 NEW ECONOMICS AND THE MAKING OF THE ECOPRENEUR.......................................149

APPENDIX 11 SOCIAL ENTERPRISES AND ENTREPENEURSHIP...........................................................151

APPENDIX 12 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT..........................................................................................155

APPENDIX 13 LIMITED RESOURCE FOR FOR INTEGRATED HEMP SUSTAINABLE SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT ...........................................................................................................................................156

APPENDIX 14 VALUE CHAIN ANALYSIS.....................................................................................................158

APPENDIX 15 HEMP PROCESSING: THE DECORTICATION OPERATIONS ...........................................164

APPENDIX 16 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF HEMP CULTIVATION......................................................168

APPENDIX 17 HEMP AND BINDER..............................................................................................................169APPENDIX 18 EXAMPLES OF BUILDING WITH HEMP.............................................................................168

APPENDIX 19 HEMPWOOL INTRODUCTION: PERFORMANCES............................................................170

APPENDIX 20 GROWING BENEFITS: NUTRITIONAL IMPORTANCE.......................................................172

APPENDIX 21 THE OPEN PARDADIGM: COLLECTIVE INTELLIGENCE, NETWORKED SCIENCE AND THE CASE FOR APPROPRIATE TECHNOLOGY.........................................................................................177APPENDIX 22 QUESTIONNAIRE ANALYSIS...............................................................................................186

“At every level the greatest obstacle to transforming the world is that we lackthe clarity and imagination to conceive that it could be different.”

Roberto Unger

Methodology and methods

The methodology used in this research review each aspect of the supply chain model, from a literature review on wider contextualization to select the necessary and best characteristics for a resilient, sustainable, scalable and exportable model for the near future, including the specific implications of the choices made. Furthermore a qualitative questionnaire has been used to inform the choices made. It has been answered by major industrial hemp stakeholders, In addition personal communications with experts in the relevant areas were sought and additional evidence was gained from participation to majorevents regarding industrial hemp in Europe such as the Industrial Hemp Building Association' symposium in April 2014, at C.A.T. in Wales and the World Hemp Congress in August 2014 in Slovenia. This has formed a framework that justifies the proposed industrial hemp supply chain model. The wider picture analysis has been carried out with asystem perspective to frame the current dynamics that affects the Industrial hemp industry,and what will do this in the near future to then link it to its recent evolution to forecast what should be done in the near future.

Identifying the economic, environmental and social problems associated with the current supply chain and businesses have been carried out for then suggesting viable options and strategies to reduce them to a practical minimum or create regenerative situations (win/win) that would have positive feedback on the wider picture. Then other literature review has been carried out to gather knowledge regarding hemp potentials, current markets, barriers and limitations. All useful to tailor the model proposed. The literature wasobtained through searching internet sources and Athens. On-line scientific Publications, industry and institutional reports, online courses and through the collection and analysis of Industrial hemp stakeholder qualitative questionnaire. The final model proposed was formalised as a theoretical best, with the trade-offs with the reality forming the conceptual limits of the model itself.

The model arise from Rhydwen (2006) minimal model to grow Hemp to supply the buildingindustry. The final model reflects an adequate and lean way to supply the building industry and the alimentary industry. It aims at vertical integration to reap maximum benefits, and ideally being scalable and exportable and replicable in different location. The combination of these methodologies is used to answer the research questions. The methodology is justified based on the fact that hemp supply chains with such innovative and potential characteristics are an immature field of research and therefore has few resources available.

GLOSSARY

ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT: Management approach that emphasizes learning and uses structured experimentation in combination with flexibility to foster learning.

ALIMENTARY SECTOR: all the sectors linked to raw and processed foods and nutrients for human consumption (from post harvest to consumption)

BIOECONOMY: refers to the sustainable production of renewable resources from land, fisheries and aquaculture environments and their conversion into food, feed, fiber bio-based products and bio-energy as well as the related public goods.:BUILDING INDUSTRY: refers to architecture and the built environment at large, include design professionals as weel as providets of materials, manufacturers, retailers and intallers.

CIRCULAR ECONOMY: generic term for an industrial economy that is, by design or intention, restorative and in which material flows are of two types, biological nutrients, designed to reenter the biosphere safely, and technical nutrients, which are designed to circulate at high quality without entering the biosphere.

COMMUNITY: social unit of any size that shares common values. Although embodied or face-to-face communitiesare usually small, larger or more extended communities such as a nationalcommunity, international community andvirtual community are also studied. (Wikipedia)

DIVERSITY: Includes three interrelated aspects: variety (how many different elements), balance (how many of each element), and disparity (how different the elements are from one another).

ECOSYSTEM SERVICES: The benefits that people obtain from ecosystems, including direct products (e.g. water, crops), processes that regulate environmental conditions (e.g. floods, climate), as well as recreational, aesthetic and spiritual benefits.

FEEDBACKS: A mechanism, process, or signal that loops back to influence component emitting the signal or initiating the mechanism or process.

HEMP:Industrial HEMP(Cannabis sativa L.) (APPENDIX 1) with less THC that the law requirements' threshold, unless specified.

LOCAL: :generally refers to something nearby, or in the immediate area.

NUTRACEUTICAL: Food, or parts of food(concentrated or refined), that provide medical or health benefits, including the prevention and treatment of disease.

INSTITUTIONS: The norms and rules governing human interactions. These can be formal, such as rules and laws,but also informal, such as norms and conventions of society.

RESILIENCE: the capacity of a system, be it an individual, a forest, a city or an economy, to deal with change and continue to develop. It is about the capacity to use shocks and disturbances like a financial crisis or climate change to spur renewal and innovative thinking. Resilience thinking embraces learning, diversity and above all the belief that humans and nature are strongly coupled to the point that they should be conceived as one socialecological system.

RISK MANAGEMENT:identification, assessment, and prioritization of risks (defined in ISO 31000as the effect of uncertainty on objectives) followed by coordinated and economical application of resources to minimize, monitor, and control the probability and/or impact of unfortunate events or to maximize the realization of opportunities.

SCALE: Extent and/or resolution of a process or analysis, or the level of organization of a phenomenon or process, e.g. field, farm, region, country.

SUPPLY CHAIN:System of organizations, people, activities, information, and resources that transform natural resources, raw materials, and components into a finished product that is delivered to the end customer.

1- THE AGE OF CHANGES Through history mankind have successfully evolved through societies, modifying the planet to meet the demands of a rapidly growing population, but the gains of this spectacular re-engineering2brought severe costs as humanity’s use of the biosphere is currently not sustainable(Castro, 2012; IPCC,2013; Juniper, 2013;WWF,2014; WEF,2014) nor it's the large inequality that dominate the global scenario(Boersma,2012; Jackson,2012; Robertson,1998;Holmgren,2002;Griffiths, 2014)).

The 20th century saw great progress for human civilization (Holmgren, 2002; Juniper, 2012; UNEP, 2011) but the century proceeded with increased complexity and abstractnessin economic theory and practice (Jackson, 2012; Holmgren, 2002; McKibben, 2007).

Humankind faces several relevant and interlocking challenges in the decades ahead , coping with rapid booming population(Figure 1-1) , climate change(APPENDIX 2), over-consumption of resources (APPENDIX 3) riskier threats(Figure 1-2) to health(Figure 1-3) and the never solved inequalities (Juniper,2007) which celebrate hyper individualism (McKibben,2007) globalized, consumerist-based and neoliberal industrial societies (APPENDIX 4), eroding the sense and benefits arising from strong and resilient communities(Sachs,2014).

Figure1-1 World population projection in billions.Fertility, mortality, migration, economic development, poverty and governance are the main drivers of population growth. Uncertainty abounds, however, for example with respect to migration flows, female education and access to birth control, fertility rates, access to health care and life expectancy (Source IIASA, 2007 from EEA,2011)

2As example between one-third and one-half of the land surfaces has already been transformed by human action (Vitousek et al.1997).

Figure 1-2 The evolving risk landscape for, resource related risks are among the highest urgency, (RSA,2013)

Figure 1-3 Evolution in human health risks as economies develop, the effects of economic growth incountries like China or India will be heard in various global balances; Source EEA,2011

Behind most of the issues there is one single topic: Ecosystem overload (APPENDIX 5). We are experimenting, with our very survival at stake, the unprecedented consequences (Billhymer, 2014; Rhydwen, 2006) of the massive assault on natural capital we are carrying on, globally. (Jackson, 2012). Resource consumption and degradation are gradually pushingthe human civilization to the edge of catastrophe(Latif, 2013).

The issues arising from future (easy) availability of fossil fuels (APPENDIX 6) and excessive resource consumption will require an energy descent(Jackson,2012; Holmgren,2002;Sachs,2014), or at least changes in current patterns in the direction of environmental and social stewardship, if mankind wants to prosper with renewable resources, avoiding the pathway to collapse. (APPENDIX 7)

We reckon that human thought has created the profoundly unstable world in which wenow live, which is manifested in mega technology, global power structures and vast

environmental impacts.

Herbert Girardet, Chairman Schumacher Society (Robertson, J. 1998)

The crisis are multidisciplinary and multi-leveled (Caquineau, 2014;Griffiths, 2014) ) since the current consumerist-growth based economies have raised the standard of living of millions of people(Daly,1996; Holmgren,2002; Jackson,2012) but has created collective disorders that threatens health, spirituality ad social wellbeing, along with biodiversity. Louv (2011) suggest that we are losing our traditional ways of experiencing nature, claiming that the relationship with nature or the lack of it, influence directly our lives. Juniper (2007) adds that our humanity is informed by our relationship with nature.

The framework discussed below represents what the hemp model ethos should be, beyond economical viability and environmental benefits, to achieve reffectivness and resilience.

Reflecting on nature can help to remind our origins, arising from nature (Castro, 2012) where we co-evolved in a wider context, among other species. To enter “the century of environmentalism and most creative period in human history”, Louv (2011) suggests re-naturing of several aspects of nowadays life.

Louv (2011) describes this as nature-deficit disorder as “atrophied awareness” to find meaning in the life and nature surrounding us. He quote hundreds of scientific, clinical and medical papers, linking how scientific studies have demonstrated the relations between improved sensitivity and contact with nature as essential component to physical, social and mental health(Coleridge,2014). According to Louv (2011) a denatured life is dehumanized.

We currently need time for our family, silence for reflection, connection with nature (McKibben, 2007). Also Boersma (2012) states that another social organization model is possible, since the current capitalistic system is “nothing more than legal and systematic organization of injustice, inequality and exclusion”

Inevitably, the alternative will be seen with lot of confusion, false leads, risks, inefficiencies seeming like we have little time to achieve it (Holmgren, 2002) but the revolution, for whichthis research have been prepared for, will recognize the ethical problems that lie at the heart of the social, environmental and economical crisis that humanity faces (Holmgren, 2002) leading to improved prosperity.

The nature principle (Louv, 2011) is a transformative framework which uses converging

theories and scientific evidence to underline the need to reconnect to the natural world, as fundamental issue for mankind in the 21th century to enhance human health, well-being and survival (Table-1)

n° Name of theprecepts of the

nature principle byLouv,2011

Description

1Nature balance

The more high tech our lives become, the more nature we need to find theright balance

2Vitamin N

The mind/body/nature connection (N stands for nature) will enhance physicaland mental health

3Hybrid mind

Utilizing both technology and nature experience will increase ourintelligence, creative thinking and productivity resulting in the hybrid mind

4 Human/nature socialcapital

This kind of capital will enrich and redefine community to include all livingthings and going towards shared prosperity

5Purposeful place

In the new purposeful place, natural history will be as important as humanhistory to regional and personal identity

6Biophilic design

This design allow our homes, workplaces, neighborhood and towns toconserve watts and produce more human energy (Bioeconomy, bio-mimicry issues)

7 High-performancehuman

In relationship with nature we will create and conserve natural habitat wherewe live, learn and play

Table –1 The framework of the nature principle resume adequately what we should and need to, aim for realdevelopment (Louv, 2011)

This set of principles can be seen both as a framework and as technical guidance, but also as ethical, moral driver to increase health, enhance creativity, bond social relationship; also creating new careers and business opportunities.

It must be said that Louv (2011) vision is mainly driven by science but also on what he calls “the long human experience of nature”. As example a frontier for scientific study is claimed to be the study of relationship between mental activity, creativity and time spent outdoor, which is easily understood in front of whichever breathtaking landscape around the globe. According to Robertson(1998 ) future citizens activities will be less based on the impersonal constraints of the state and the markets as nowadays under capitalism, and this will result in growth in importance of informal economy which is now not enough valued, as unpaid, interpersonal co-operative or self reliance activities. Many contextualizing scenarios exist, especially regarding the so called post-peak oil. (Figure 1- 4, 5) Uncertainities are evident (Billhymer, 2014; Caquineau, 2014; Holmgren,2002; Hopkins,2011);Griffiths, 2014) regarding all future possible scenarios and it's difficult to exclude some future forecats due to current ever-changing reality.

For the moment the capitalistic system march on, despite all the warning signs and despitebeing the original cause (Castro,2012). Even if there are information on the projections of current trends (IPCC,2013; Rhydwen,2006) we don't know exactly how the world will look like (McKibben,2007

Figure 1-4 Extract from “the transition companion” , where different scenarios are shown, each have its ownliteterature; Hopkins (2011)

Figure 1-5 Extract from “the transition companion” , the four cental categories have been invented by Holmgren; Hopkins (2011)

2- THE BUILDING AND AGRICULTURAL SECTORSThe agribusiness potential available for hemp initiative is large and currently experiencing growth across many sectors across the globe (e.g. Canadian food sector (HempOilCanada.2014); Hemp-lime Markets in Italy (Ronchetti, 2014); Medical and recreational in the U.S.A (Fine, 2014) or the HempFood Australia case (Benhaim, 2014).

This research try to address the fundamental key factors that allow hemp crops initiative, Ifproperly organized, to create and manage viable for hemp initiatives, to express the regenerative and innovative possibilities across sectors such as architecture and the building sector or the alimentary one. The Many purposes that hemp's components could actively satisfy are directly linked with current issues regarding effectiveness, impacts on health or environment and adequateness of today's architecture, especially in the residential sector.

2.1- BUILDINGS TODAY AND IN THE FUTUREToday the building sector consumes around 40% of natural resources and it is one of the major sector for use of fossil fuels (Wienke,2002)In 2010 buildings utilized also 34% of total global final energy use (approximately 125 EJ 5) and 24% of energy-related GHG emissions (including electricity-related)(IPCC-b,2013)(Figure 2-1,1b).In contrast to the very dynamically growing total emissions, per capita final energy use did 1 not grow substantially over the two decades between 1990 and 2010 in most world regions

Also the extraction (e.g. timber, metals) and manufacturing-related industries(e.g. Cement, chemicals from fossil fuels) have relevant environmental impacts, from deforestation to the emission of heavy metals and other toxic substances, GHGs (Wienke,2002)(Figure 2-2)

Figure 2-1 GrowingDirect and indirect emissions in the building subsectors (IEA, 2012a; JRC/PBL, 2012;

quoted in IPCC-b,2013 )

Figure 2-1b Regional direct and indirect emissions in the building subsectors (IEA, 2012a; JRC/PBL, 2012

quoted in IPCC -b,2013).

Figure 2-2 Building materials = 80% of Construction CO2 (Essex,2013)

Building with environmental concerns (Table 2-1 ) emerged newly as a reaction to environmental crisis and its goals are to mitigate and possibly reverse the negative and risky global trends(Wienke,2002)affecting various industries, but nonetheless creating alsonew opportunities and synergies both for ecological citizenship though market systems and entrepreneurial initiatives regarding the built-environment. (APPENDIX 8)

Adequate technology using renewable source of energy and adequate low-impact materials with behavioral implications of using and managing the building can be integrated easily if the core ecologically aware design principles are applied to the built environment.

Assess seriously the needs and tailor rationally and consciously, from the territory to thepeople

Design in relation with local climate, particularly exploiting solar gains

Redcuce non-renewable energy consumption, while adopting renewables energy sources

Avaid harmful emissions (smoke, gasses, sewages, polluted water, chemicals)

Reduce water leakages and waste and guarantee safe disposal of wastewater

Build better quality buildings, long-lasting, healthy, safe also in fire or other natural disasterevents

Do not pose risks or harm workers nor occupant's health

Use materials sourced from local, renewable and recycable origin

Proper ecologically management of the building site and its surroundings(vegetation, fauna,landscape..)

Table 2-1 Environmetally aware design priciples, similar to the permaculture design priciples and suggestions for the built environment (Weinke,2002)

The introduction and the application of this criteria in design processes are often difficult, and adequate trade-off has to be found. It's claimed that the majority of the buyers or mandant are not familiar with the environmental or even social consequences of their choices (Wienke, 2002)

Buildings have many opportunities to respond to changing climatic conditions with modified design objectives and engineering specifications increasing resilience (Gerdes et al., 2011 quoted in IPCC-b,2013; Pyke et al., 2012). There is no consensus on definitions of climate adaptive buildings, but its aims include rationale minimization of energy consumption for operation, mitigating GHG emissions, providing adaptive capacity and resilience to the building stock, reducing costs for maintenance and indoor comfort, minimizing the vulnerability of occupants to extreme weather conditions, reducing risks from potential interruptions to energy supply and addressing fuel poverty as well (Roaf et al., 2009). Adaptation and mitigation effects may be different by development and urbanization situations, climate conditions and building infrastructures and people involved.

2.2- AGRICULTURE, LAND AND FOODLand is used for a wide array of purposes, including built environment, production of goodsand services through agriculture, aquaculture and forestry and absorption or deposition of wastes and other emissions (Juniper, 2007, 2013). Agriculture and forestry are important urban for rural livelihoods and employment (Coelho et al., 2012). More than half of the earth’s total land area (134 Mkm2) is used for urban and infrastructures, agriculture and forestry. Less than one quarter have relatively minor signs of direct human uses (Erb et al., 2007; Ellis et al., 2010 quoted in (IPCC,2014)

Today more than 90% of world's food grown on soil with one third of farmed soil has been degraded since the 1959'(Juniper, 2013). This makes the land degradation issue as central

to drive the change towards increased well-being and equity for all. Spreading sustainable practices around the world could create a safety net also for the years to come, where growing population issues will require changes in the actual situations.

Land use change is a pervasive driver of global environmental change (Foley et al., 2011). From 1950 to 2005, farmed land (cropland and pasture) increased from 28% to 38% of theglobal land area excluding ice sheets and inland waters (Hurtt et al., 2011). Nonetheless growth in farmland area (+33%) was lower than that of population, food production and GDP due to increases in yields and biomass conversion efficiency (Krausmann et al.

2012). Agriculture accounts for 92 per cent of the global water footprint as well, with Humanity’s growing water needs and climate change exacerbating challenges of water scarcity. (WWF, 2014)

While researchers are struggling to realize effective, costly and complicated technologic answers to trap some carbon dioxide in the underground3(McKibben,2007) 5.5 billion of carbon could be captured yearly with different regime of soil management(Juniper,2013).

The conservation of biological diversity and soil health is intimately linked with cultural diversity, as language, dialects; land use practices, traditional ecological practices and stewardship, and resource management institutions connect these aspects in social-ecological systems. Currently, the environmental concerns of farmers and consumers are relevant to extend the sustainable farming practices. We are at a critical junction in history for the conservation where we can include this social aspects progress must be reconnected to the capacity of the biosphere and essential ecosystem services to be sustained. Modern agriculture's achievements and organizations, especially in the last century, have been going towards relentless consolidation and concentration. The same drivers that have created the potentials for giant farms and global supply chains tend to have consolidated also the retail end of the business (McKibben, 2007) with these phenomena evident in western societies. (Table 2-2)

a small number of multinational control more or less another 80% of the global trade in banana, cocoa, tea and pineapples with Con Agra one of the biggest food processor on earth(McKibben,2007)

five companies control over 75% of the world's vegetable seed markets

In Britain the four major supermarket stores control over 80% of the food sold there, and as a direct result the number of the average produce suppliers a supermarket have has fallen from 800 in 1987 to fewer than80 today

The U.S. Have also one farm, in Utah with sewage problems larger than the city of Los Angeles (McKibben, 2007) with 1.5 Million porkages.

At the moment in the U.S. the subsides support big corporate farming as well as the CAP subsided in Europe, and even if some progress are mad, they underwrite consolidation processes.

Table 2–2 Uncomfortable and unsustainable situations that are part of the concentration and consolidation trends in worldwide agricultural sectors, being also directly link to behavioral change as diet habits discourses.

3 The majority of transportation vehicles will difficulty solved by such technological answers.

Big multinationals can't cope with local markets if the system shift towards them, economies of scale and scope would simply disappear (McKibben,2007) The biggest problem we face, according to (McKibben,2007) is that we are used to pay so few for foods . Our food is fast cheap and easy but monoculture is fragile (Tomkin, 2014) (Table 2-3) and chemical-based agriculture creates big threats to health, as example seventy six million America fall ill annually due to food-borne illness with around 5000 deaths per year (McKibben, 2007) but the first and consequences have been the damage to communities from the growers to the consumers one.

There are serious concerns for the future of growing crops on a large scale where scarcity of water and oil represent a major challenge too (McKibben, 2007) .Permaculture practices relates to this, while being also a broader design strategy is directly related to this.

Manufacturers’ margins are being compressed by slow growth in demand, increasing costs, and higher prices, with volatility for resources as another major issue.

Agricultural productivity is growing more slowly than ever before, and soil fertility and even the nutritional value of foods are declining.

Household food waste. An income1 stream of USD 1.5 billion could be generated annually for municipalities and investors by collecting household food waste in the U.K. separately and processing it in line with circular principles to generate biogas and return nutrients to agricultural soils. If all countries in the EU matched Italy’s high rates of separate collection of household food waste for biogas and compost production, the resulting income stream would give towns and cities a new source of revenue.

The risks to food security and safety associated with long, ‘hyper-optimised’ global supply chains appear to be increasing

Table 2-3 Opportunities and major issues for a more circular food system, (WEF,2014)

The existing food system, despite big expectations (Holmgren, 2002) fails to eliminate hunger, creates risky food supply chains which lower food security and do not encourage and enable people, localities and nations to achieve self-reliance and food-security. Present methods of food production, distribution (Robertson, 1998) and consumption (McKibben, 2007) damage the environment and often people's health (Robertson, 1998; Holmgren, 2002)Changes are therefore needed at global, national, local and household level. These changes should include more local growing of food for local consumption(Robertson, 1998; Holmgren,2002; McKibben,2011;Louv 2007) with reduction of the distance that food travel between producers and consumers, reducing associated energy, health hazards andpollution, through organic methods (APPENDIX 9), as mankind as always done before chemical agriculture were introduced, as the right method to be used.

3- TRANSITIONNowadays a clear trend is the growing commitment to people centered, ecologically sustainable development involving new lifestyles (Billhymer, 2014) and new approaches tobusiness management (Robertson, 1998). This trend is sometimes blurred as fashion, or even worse, green-washed while by 2050, additional 2 to 4 billions people will be dependent on our current development (Juniper, 2013).

The model of Hemp supply chain later proposed try to answer to some of the several

challenges, briefly outlined, occurring the only planet known capable to support human needs.

3.1- THE MANY SHAPES OF THE TRANSITIONCurrent pattern of the industrial (developed and developing countries too) societies should be re-calibrated, to face adequately the multitude of challenges ahead. This chapter highlight various approaches and solutions frameworks that can be useful to tailor properlythe hemp supply chain model proposed and link it to the wider context. Today alternatives to the current economic and social systems are flourishing and sometimes their goal overlap even if under different names (e.g. Bioeconomy and circular economy).To justify the form, organizational structure and ethos of that model it's useful to discuss what sustainability actually mean and which characteristic a hemp initiative should have in the future.

3.2- THE SUSTAINABILITY REVOLUTIONSThis term is one of the most relevant concepts for mankind and also one of the most misused, so much that green washing has become an established practice that fuel even more the confusion. Sustainability practices and concepts can be easily found in ancient cultures and civilization (Linton et al., 2007) and it's more generally a natural attitude towards a species survival. On the other hand, the ambiguity of sustainability has deep cultural roots (Senge and Carstedt 2001) and is unavoidable (Holmgren, 2002).Beyond the ambiguous Bruntland definition of sustainability, that gives the same emphasisat all three dimensions, there are more adequate ways to deal with the concept of sustainability(Colerifge,2014).(Figure 3-1)Sustainability is now a challenge to society as a whole (Holgren, 2002; McKibben, 2007;Senge and Carstedt, 2001) and is a concept that clearly stretches our current ideas about rationality.Senge and Carstedt (2001) suggests that rationalism, and therefore reductionisms, has been the major driving force of our modern times, still dominant in fundamental sectors as science, education and business. But according to this view none purely rationale things1 are not understandable.4 Their analysis concludes that naturalism, humanism and rationalism are a more adequate worldviews to integrate in the current understandings of sustainability, and when mankind have nurtured all three in history, and then golden ages were the outcome. This could be possible again if all aspects of life are nurtured.Holmgren’s (2002) cultural differences between industrial and sustainable cultures are shown in table 3-1

Characteristic INDUSTRIAL CULTURE

SUSTAINABLE CULTURE

Energy base Non-renewable Renewable

Material flow Linear Circular

4(e.g. intuition of a new scientific testing or the passion that motivates entrepreneurs across failures)

Natural assets Consumption Storage

Organization Centralised Distributed network

Scale Large Small

Movement Fast Slow

Feedback Positive Negative

Focus Centre Edge

Activity Episodic change Rythmic stability

Thinking Reductionist Wholistic

Gender Masculine Feminine

Table 3-1 characteristc of two cultural systems (Holmgren,2002)

Figure 3-1 The environment that support societies that creates economical systems. (WWF living planet,2014)

The concepts of sustainability are increasingly found in the management literature too. An increase in publishing frequency over the period under consideration can be seen. (Figure 3-2)

During the last two decades or so, the focus has shifted form specific facility or organization to the entire supply chain (.Linton et al., 2007).

Figure 3-2 increase in publishing frequency 1990-2005 of articles with the words sustainability, sustainable

development. (.Linton et al.,2007).

3.3 BARRIERS AND LIMITATIONS OF SUSTAINABILITYAccording to Robertson(1998) the conventional departmental structures of institutions,governmental agencies, universities and research institutes are obstacles to this transition. The current global structure is dysfunctional,undemocratic, corrupt and exploitative of the environment,Billhymer L. (2014) of the developing countries and also of the citizens of wealthiest nations.(Jackson, 2012). The “enormous forces of denial” (Daly, 1996) will continue to obstacle this shift which involve and also deep philosophical clarification if not even religious renewal (Daly,1996)

Boersma(2012) suggest that against this market's obsession of globalizing everything, abusing cultures and differences, resistance is in place and he proposes to call the variousinitiatives under the term de-globalization movements, even if this umbrella-term is not further defined or explained. He later concludes that globalization is welcomed if regards solidarity and social organization well-being(Boersma,2012). Creative type of change wil enhance a people-oriented, environmentally sound economy and probably will largely come from bottom up approach.5

“no capitalistic society has yet to seriously consider the scale of change needed to achieveto stay within environmental safe boundaries and redefine development to underline “citizen's education and vitality” (Heilbroner 1980)

3.4. THE LINEAR AND CIRCULAR PARADIGMSConventional economics has been based on linear model (Robertson, 1998) and throughout its evolution and diversification, our industrial economy has hardly moved beyond a linear model of resource consumption that follows a ‘take-make-dispose’ pattern (Holmgren, 2011) which is material and energy intensive, relies on economies of scale, typically builds on complex and international supply chains (EmcA,2013) and basically assume no limits on the earth's resources.

This model has also largely overcome more traditional and local and “renewable resource-based” economies that featured more reuse and regeneration but required more labour which used to produce lower returns on investment.

This globalized linearity represents one of the major flaws of the current dogmatic economic growth model which most countries in the world followed as the only alternative possible. Many events currently indicate the decline of the linear approach to business andeconomy (Table 3-2).

In modern manufacturing processes, opportunities to increase efficiency still exist, but the gains are largely incremental and insufficient to generate real competitive advantage or differentiation.

An unintended consequence of eco- efficiency has been accelerating energy use and resource depletion due to the rebound effect which has negative impacts when improvements to energy andresource efficiency drive increases in the real amounts of materials and energy used

Agricultural productivity is growing more slowly than ever before, and soil fertility and even the nutritional value of foods are declining.

5 NGOs or citizen's group or sustainable buisiness initiatives.

The risk to supply security and safety associated with long, elaborately optimised global supply chains appears to be increasing.

Many production sites with excessive requirements for virgin resources—water, land or atmosphere—are struggling to renew their licence to operate as they compete in sensitive local resource markets.

Table 3- 2 Indicative trends that indicate how the linear industrialized pattern need revision (RSA,2013)

The way we design our products, services and businesses can no longer disregard the continuous material waste(Figure 3-3). There is logic to solving current problems through better design for resource efficiency, as example pushing design into more circular approach, so utilize renewable resource while maximizing the value of non-renewable.

Figure 3-3 Increase in product and material complexity, typical of the linear-consumeristic production systemlead to significant material loss (RSA,2013)

The ‘circular economy,’ a term perhaps unfamiliar just a few years ago, has now also caught the imagination of thought-leaders across the world, and is taking shape as a viable, practical alternative to the current linear economic model (RSA, 2013; Mc Kinsey 2014). It has many traits taken from bio-mimicry, industrial ecology, cradle to cradle design and the open source movement (Wikipedia,2014)

Increased and relevant improvements of resource efficiency can bring major economic benefits. (EC,.2014)

A circular approach has benefits that are operational as well as strategic, on both a micro and macroeconomic level.(RSA, 2013)

“A circular economy is an industrial system that is restorative or regenerative by intention and design. The economic benefit of transitioning to this new business model is estimated to be worth more than one trillion dollars in material savings.” RSA,2013

The circular economy paradigm is an answer to the aspiration for sustainable growth in thecontext of the growing pressure of production and consumption on the world’s resources and environment (EMcA, 2013).

A confluence of various global trends, statistics and fresh economic analysis is increasing the need for change; three billion middle-class consumers are expected to enterthe global market by 2030(RSA,2013), driving unprecedented demand for goods and services6.

A transition to a circular economy enhance the focus towards reusing, repairing, refurbishing and recycling existing materials and products, fostering local entrepreneurial activities and social interaction.1

The circular paradigm is best understood by observing natural, living systems that functionefficiently because each of their components fits into the whole and the concept of waste doesn't exists. Therefore products are adequately designed to fit into material cycles, keeping the value added for as long as possible and related residual waste is close to zero. (Figure 3-4)7

Figure 3-4 Effect of circular system on material stock and landfills, cumulative volume ofmaterial used (WEF,2014)

6As example each year in the EU, nearly 15 tonnes of materials are used per person, while each EU citizen generates, on average, more than 4.5 tonnes of waste per year, half of which is disposed of in the landfi ll .(EC,2013)7From innovatively reusing, remanufacturing and recycling products, significant job creation can be made. Nowadays at least 500,000 jobs have been created by the recycling industry in the EU alone. (RSA, 2013)According to the RSA report (2013) the effects of a more circular industrial model on the structure and vitality of labor markets still needsto be explored. Nonetheless it seems likely that the effects will depend on the way these labor markets will be organized and regulated, suggesting that a more circular economy might bring greater local employment, especially in entry-level and semi-skilled jobs.

This transition to requires changes throughout value chains, from products (re)design to new business and market models, thus from new ways of trasforming waste into a resource to new modes of consumer behaviour.(Mc Kinsey, 2014)Nonetheless also in a highly circular economy there will remain element of linearity such as the virgin resources needed and residual waste disposal.Such a systemic transition is enabled and enhanced by ICT tools developments and social change.(EC,2013) and involve a wide range of takeholders (Figure 3-5) .

“A number of enablers are now also creating unique opportunities to adopt more resource-efficient approaches to value creation.The need for action and ability to act have never been better aligned.”RSA,2014

To spread the benefits to the society, solutions are available (Table 3-3 ) while specific policy-related, social, economic and technological barriers to wider implementation (EC,2014) are an ongoing issues to solve. (Table 3-4)

Emphasising cross-border, cross-industry and cross-sector reach is the key.

The most promising options are managing pure materials stock across global supply chains, closing multi-tier reverse cycle networks, and setting up innovative usage models.The obstacles to scaling up the circular economy across supply chains at a global level are primarily the difficulties of closing the loop geographically and in terms of quality, as already described. Resolving these issues will also mean overcoming the engrained lock-in of the linear system

Set up global reverse networks for products and components

This focuses on building out reverse network capabilities, which is essential to address the geographicdispersion challenge. This will ideally take place at a product and component level, so it will be industry specific and require collaboration along the incumbent value chain and adjacent/cascaded activities.

Reorganise and streamline pure materials flows

Materials represent the greatest common denominator, and the most universal assets across industries and geographies: potential. The key will be to tackle materials complexity and create pure materials stocks atscale that generate sufficient economic benefits for participants.

Innovate businessmodels on the demand side.

This will be critical to mainstreaming the circular economy. Innovation will be the way ahead for B2B-favourable setups, and wide adoption in B2C. New models will also be key to tapping the growing trend towards collaborative use of physical assets: the ‘sharing economy,’ as well as overcoming linear lock-i

Table 3-3 Solutions offered by a more circular production path and economy (RSA,2013)

Figure 3-5 Major stakeholder in the circular economy (RSA,2013)

• companies o. en lack awareness, knowledge or capacity to pursue circular economy solutions;

• current systems, infrastructure, business models and technology can lock theeconomy in a linear model;

• investment in measures to improve effi ciency, or innovative business models, remains insuffi cient as they are perceived as risky and complex;

• demand for sustainable products and services may remain low, in particular ifthey involve behavioural change;

• prices oftenen do not refl ect the real cost to society of resource and energy use;

• policy signals for the transition to a circular economy are not suffi ciently strong and consistent.

Table 3–4 Challlenges for a shift in towards more circular economiY (RSA 2013)

3.5 LOCALISATION AND COMMUNITY RESILIENCEA resilient local development will play a key part in the transition to people-centred, environmentally sound ways of managing the economic activity (Robertson, 1998). More localised production is experiencing a robust renaissance in some economies.Local work, local resources to satisfy local needs will be the general required pattern to deal properly with future uncertainties, thus creating more resilience (Robertson, 1998).A shift to more local scale economies would demand fewer resources and cause less environmental damage and better able to cope with shocks, and allow us to find more meaningful links between individuals and community procuring extra satisfaction (McKibben, 2007;Ranghieri,2014).McKibben (2007) do not expect a rapid and coordinated change but rather a gradual one, faster in some places than in others, driven mostly by personal desire and environmental concerns. More cyclical and less linear pattern of local activity will also reduce request for imports since up-cycling, reuse of local materials, recycling of local incomes and savings within the local economies are circular by definition (Robertson, 1998;).Localisation is an inevitable change as we pass the oil peak (Hopkins, 2011; Holmgren, 2002) and the more urgent the situation becomes, the more likely a shift will be (Holgrern, 2002; Jackson, 2007; McKibben, 2007).

Hopkins (2011) believes that business will be central part as transition management actors.Local economies has to be seen as a multi-level approach, a key part of the wholetransformation occurring at the economic system(Robertson,1998) but unless mainstream economic institutions, policies, theories values and attitudes change, the benefits form the localization are going to be slower to reap.

Even if Local indicators must be developed to monitor changes, impacts, and track properly flows and stocks,(Ranghieri 2014) new business opportunities in a more localised economy already represents big opportunities. The parts highlighted are relevant to the supply chain model later discussed. (Table 3-5)(Figure 3-6).

Transforming communities into more resilient systems can create opportunities for socialRenaissance, business opportunities through new culture of enterprise and reskilling, leading to healthier and happier communities, reducing risks and vulnerability to external and internal shocks (Hopkins, 2011).

Employment sector

Industry type

Opportunities for economic development

Infrastucture needed

Food production/land use

Organic farming

farm workers, research and innovation, value adding and processing, retail, community supported agriculture initiatives

Farm buildings, packing houses farm machinery

Organic foodpoduction

Training, freshwater aquaculture, organic gourmt mushrooms

Glasshouses for aquaponic fish production, sealable buildings for

production for food and medicines, intensive market gardening, food preservation

mushroom cultivation, composting, greenhouses

Urban agriculture

Coordination, land access provvision, edible landscaping consultancy, online tools for linking growers and consumers, lage potential for commercial production, plant nurseries and propagation

Greenhouses, tools, access/deliveries by bike, horse or electic veichle, space for storage, packing and processing

forestry

Agroforestry systems

Design consultancy, planting and ongoing management, selling a wide range of produce, long-term enhanced timber value, courses, research, pubblications

Tree nursey beds, nut harvestingequipment, processing

Textile production

gleaning Apple harvesting and pressing, hedgerow and other drinks or products, education

schools

Manufacturingand processing

recycling

Sustainableindustry

Renewable energy technologies manufacturing and installing, technology systems

Wokshops with specialistic equippments, office space

Repairscavenging

services HealthcareHospice/ bereavement servicesenergyCompost managementInformation technologyFinancial investment

government councilsresearchers

Education and design

Educators,Transition consulting,The arts

Sustainable designers:Landscape architects specializing in edible landscaping, zero-carbon technologyes and buildings

Personal/ group support

counsellingCitizen adviceOutreplacements redundancy support

media Print mediainternetFilm media

Construction Reskilling Retraining builders to use local materials and green building tecniques, improving awareness around energy effeciency in buildings,setting up local construction companies, rainwater harvesting

Demonstation site where people can lean by doing, storage for natural building materiaqls, a shope where people can buy them

systems, design and installation

Environmentally responsive Materials

Creating local natural building materials, clay plasters, timber, lime, straw, hemp; growing, procesing, distribution, retail, locally made wallpaper..

Hemp-processing equipment, sawmill, limekilns and roller mixer, yard amd covered space, equipment for processing, bagging and storing clay plasters

Architects, project managers

Specialist in passivehaus building, local materials, retrofit advice

Demonstation buildings as showcase

Transportation Low efficiency veichle fleetsrickshawBiodiesel or BiomethaneAlternative powered tools and machineryelectric veichles

Table 3-5 New business opportunities, especially the most relevant for the hemp model proposed(Hopkins,2011)

Figure 3–6 Examples from the transition initiative of benefits and relative co-benefits, some of this activitiesare synergic with hemp initiative (Hopkins,2011)

“Social entrepreneurs, local authority, private businesses are called to working in synergic manner to achieve their creation and benefits while more resilient community could be more interesting and nourishing place than many of our present towns” (Hopkins,2011).

Clone town high street; out of town suburbs, easy and chemical based”supermarket food” ,cement, traffic and over-use of car have been sadly accepted as symbol of natural

progression of culture. Discussing the implications of this assuming that modernity equals development McKibben (2007) highlight that localization isn’t ideological, since most political parties can find common ground in them. Hopkins(2011) conclude that during the last 40 years there has been a vilification of more local approaches to doing and creating many things, a sort of condemnation of backwardness. In a changed world comfort will come less from ownership and more from membership.

Localized economies can be urban as well as suburbs but maybe more easily they can be rural (McKibben, 2007) with energy, business and food security being major drivers for building local resilience inside and across communities, villages or towns, also forming more structured networks, clusters or bioregions.

Discussing the relationship of a case study that have vibrant local food economy, ownership of a percentage of their own energy generation, and a more small/micro -scale manufacturing, Hopkins (2011) underline that those situation would create a different interaction and social outcomes in the more resilient community or town. He also point out the importance of the design decisions. Since “different initiative works best at different scales” (Table 3-6)

HOW LOCALISATION WORKS ON A RANGE OF SCALES

Unit District Region Nation Continent Globe

Sizes(miles) 20 100 500 2000 10000

Population 2 million 50 million 1 billion 5 billion

Production Food crops Building materials Veichles Microchips

Cash crops Processed food Electronic systems

Pharmaceuticals

Housing Furniture steel Small aircraft Large aircraft

Energy(micro-renewables)

Hardware Oil, gas, coal ships

Energy-efficiency, housing, retrofitting

Renewable energy(wind,solar,hydro)

Civil Engineering

Books, films, bycicles.

Distribution Fresh food Groceries

Daily supplies Clothes

Household appliances

Services Schooling Universities Telecom Aviation

GP medical Hospitals Insurance

House repairl Public Health Railways

Restaurants Safety News media

Hotels High street and local banking

WholesTelecomale banking

Waste recycling Buses Electricity

Theatre/cinema

Table 3-6 How localization works on a range of scales, the potentials for a local hemp supply chain arehighligthed (NEF,2010 quoted in Hopkins,2011)

Localisms offer an economic and psychologically plausible future (McKibben, 2007; Ranghieri,2014), where improvements in resilience are a direct effect for more local economies.

Resilience is not a new concept (Ranghieri, 2014) and it is often referred to societies, ecosystems, communities or individuals (Hopkins, 2011). Resilience of socio-economic or environmental systems is a well established body of research but communities are far lesssubject of resilience studies. Three factors determine the degree of community resilience, shown in table 3-7.

COMMUNITY RESILIENCE CHARACTERISTICS

Capability of directing and shaping decisions that affects all the community (self-organizing and managing resource-related capabilities)

Ability to learn and adapt, understanding and acquiring the right skills

Adequate planning , often through collective design projects.

Table 3–7 The basic characteristcs of a resilient Community, the hemp initiatve could bring resilince through each of the characteristic(Hopkins,2011)

3.6 THE BIOECONOMYAfter the steam-driven industrial revolution started in the 18th century, the oil's one in the 19th and the IT-technological one in the 20th, in the 21th century the breakthrough and consequent industrial (r)evolution will be driven by biological resources(Bonaccorso M.,2013; Billhymer, 2014) in a context of reshaping of our current pattern of globalization, lifestyles and values(Holmgren,2002)

Even if the term seems new the EU bio-economy already has a turnover of nearly euro 2 trillion, employing 22 million people, meaning the 9% of the total figures (Bonaccorso M., 2013)Biological sciences applied to new technologies and production process can become extremely useful in addressing complex global problems such as depletion of resources, climate change (Bonaccorso M., 2013) both in the light of adaptation, mitigation and restorative tasks that we, as a species, must face.The term Bio-mimicry represents this trend.

3.6.1 Adapting the industrial processes to natureThe concept unwanted by-product of economic activity 1, is a pressing issue in the sustainability field (Mannino,2012b) since our society has continued to ignore the concept of waste, and now face several critical situations.

All by-products of a living system are nutrients to another, in extraordinarily efficient ways. According to Senge and Carstedt (2001) while we are “obsessed” with labour and financial efficiencies within linear industrial patterns, we are discussing possibly the mostinefficient system of production in history. Three specific waste reduction strategies must be aimed at: Resource productivity, clean products and remanufacturing, recycling and composting. (Table 3-8)(Senge and Carstedt 2001)

Resource productivity It reduces waste from production through “ecoefficient” production technologies and the design of production processes in which wastes from one process become useful for another

Clean products Reduces waste from goods in u8se through nonpolluting product technology (we should be careful of the rebound effect)

Remanufacturing, recyling and composting.

This phases or designing more biodegradable products reduce landfill wastes

Table 3-8 Three specific waste reduction strategies suggested by MIT' researcher Senge and Carstedt(2001)

The industrial hemp value chains can almost eliminate waste, since all plant's componentscan be used, if grown properly can provide regenerative solutions to obtain renewable resources products, thus becoming a win/win solution.

Biomass ‘feedstock’ (Figure 3-7)can come from a wide array of sources including crops, trees, biomass from marginal land or even residues from processes like sawmills or municipal waste collection (Glew, 2013)The concepts of waste disposal, GHG emissions and cost effectiveness are pertinent themes for biomaterials which will become yet more important in future bio-based economies. (Van Vliet,2014; Glew,2013)

Figure 3-7 'Bio' nomenclature and schematic diagrafram for the bioeconomy, (Glew,2013)

4- HEMP TBL SUPPLY CHAIN: TEORETICAL FRAMEWORK, KEY FACTORS AND DESIGN INSIGTHS

FROM A SINGLE COMPANY TO INTEGRATED SUPPLY CHAINThe links between the business world and Hemp are many, and this chapter' scope is to extrapolate some likely trends to enhance businesses transformation and contribution towards a more resilient and environmentally sound future. In order to ease the understandings of supply chain dynamics within the nowadays world and maintain the fluidity of reasoning towards the hemp supply chain model this section discuss some majorcharacteristic the hemp initiative should have.

4.1 THE TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE AND THE CURENT FRONTIERS OF THE BUSINESSES SECTORThe total weight of the private business impacts on the current environmental and social situations is enormous. Sustainability can be a tool useful to achieve bottom-up change towards more resilient communities, bioregion or country alike and raise customers awareness of more sustainable lifestyles, therefore potentially driver of systemic change.Nowadays, aaccording to Isaak (2002) the theory is clear, the technology is here but only the political will is lacking.The term Triple Bottom Line (Hereafter TBL) was coined in 1994 by John Elkington and

it's an adequate terminology both to frame the multidisciplinary answers proposed by the hemp model at wider scale and also to identify the basic ethos principles for the supply chain model's organization.In last decades, the term itself has gained popularity, a dramatic increase. (Figure 4-1)

Figure 4-1 The Triple bottom line takes off around the turn of the millennium, Source Environics International

The seven drivers suggested by Elkington (2004) as sustainability revolutions for a sustainable capitalism transition for corporations (Table 4-1; -2) are comprehensive representation of the level of change required to create TBL organizations.

Old paradigm New paradigm

1)Markets Compliance Competition

2)Values Hard Soft

3)Transparency Closed Open

4)Life-cycle technology Product Function

5)Partnership Subversion Symbiosis

6)Time Wide Longer

7)Corporate governments Exclusive Inclusive

Table 4-1 Seven major changes that could be the most complex and important our species has ever had to negotiate, hemp initiative could embrace several of this principles (Elkington, 2004)

Market The competition of nowadays productand services is more open to influences, from both national or

Hemp businessConsiderations

The markets of hemp goods or food vary so much through their end-use characteristics thus

international agents and divers, than any other time in history. It is the outcome of centuries of evolution, since the colonialism period, at least. Learning to understand and find market conditions is already a determinant capability to success and survival of business.(Elkington,2004)The business case for action and investments on TBL thinking and accounting could gain in the near future big momentum.

potentially creating vast future possibilities for differentiated entrepreneurial initiatives.This create the need for business modeling for each context in which the initiatives takes place. Targeting specific markets available or innovativelycreate value through new management models can highligth new entrepeneurial initiatives

Values

Acceding to Ellington (2004) most of the people take value as given. When they change is often due to successful or even succeeding generations. And in that case society can go ThyrotrophicCommon cause handbook.

The TBL ethos towards the various transitions decrpted can be considered the main driver as business motivation.

Transparency

Driven by new value systems and radically different information technologies. As a major trend it's nowadays gaining momentum. Transparency is also mentioned in Carter and Rogers(2008) large-scale review's conclusion that, to maintain legitimacy and reputation, reporting to stakeholder and engaging them can be important as locking customer-initiative but also to improve the supply chain partnership.Being driven by increase in speed of communication and globalization of supply chain wrong doing has become extremely risky if discovered (Carter and Rogers, 2008).

The transparency could likely bethe key to aspire to for lean and effective organizations of the initiative, creating win/win situations. It could also lead to acompetitive advantage in the short and long run.

Life cycle technology

The growing transparency can make organizations visible, challenged and accountable of what they do. From Agricultural or Industrial activities the shift from acceptability of their products at a point of sale to a circular, cradle to cradle emphasis-.Using and managing the life cycles of technologies and products will be a key emerging focus in the 21th century.

The instruments and machinery used by the Hemp Business could be open hardware technology, maybe assembled in a DIY or low-tech fashion; involving also creative solutions such as fuels from hemp or localwastes and resources.Buying ready to use technology from the current markets, both new and used should be assessed carefully.

Partnership New form of partnership will be invented, become possible and available, Elkingtno (2004) analysis of TBL suggest that symbiosis is a logic solution to cope with

A small-medium organizations that operate in the hemp markets is likely to perform better in a clusters or area where strategic partnership

uncertainties, from the community level to the business and till governments and wider institutional organization.

between actors is a competitive advantage.

Time scale

The TBL suggests that we should consider the time as a shift of paradigm and the technology available to mankind are enormously efficient and useful to create better living conditions for current and future generations... A time-based competition, building onthe platform created by techniques asthe just-in-time, increases the rate and speed of competition, while it often sound logic that careful planning and management is more adequate if referred certain natural resources, as example. This is a clear example of how the real implications of the value connectwith the current economic activity andthe planet boundaries.

Hemp initiative can enable changes from the business pointof view, from the social and can tight community bonds, eventually resulting in creative ways of organizing time scales.It could not only mean having more free time, but rather find new and more enjoyable ways of working, especially in local and community.-based environments.

Corporate governance

The sum of all the previous revolutions can foster this one, while as in other parts of this research, the topic is not discussed further, since the character of the IHSCM suggested in headed towards a market-people driven change, with a bottom-up approach that could lead to alternative institution building if thesocial aspects are enhanced.

Lobbying and proposing alternative to current institution/ markets can be major outcomesof successful Hemp initiative.The key, according to Isaak,(2002) is to bring businesses that integrate the TBL to a critical mass therefore fostering and enhancing real sustainable development.

Table4-2 The seven divers discussed by Elkington and commented as to address them to a hemp business/entrepreneurial initiative. (Elkington, 2004)

Currently much of today businesses are stuck in the capitalistic system, where endless pursuit of growth is almost not questionable, where short-term financial pressures, free agent-work force, cynical and dubious mainstream mass media information regarding this ongoing worldwide conditions and situations. Industrializing countries willing to catch up with industrialized countries' standards of living hardly represent conditions for earth and people stewardships and It is often been framed that environmental ethos goes against business (Senge and Carstedt 2001)Addressing and linking the various aspects of TBL within a broader strategic perspective isa fundamental task to accomplish for successful organization management and performance.

4.2 NEW BUSINESS LOGIC BACK TO COMPANY (LATIN FORM COM-PANIS, SHARING OF BREAD)Businesses that are not designed to be truly sustainable basically damage our health, disrupting the heritage we pass to our children, regardless where we are located (Isaak, 2002).Given current demographic and environmental trends, the selective pressures that work in favour of sustainable development can only become stronger. As this happen, we will experience many changes in corporate behaviors. (Elkington, 2004)This phase of transition holds characteristics form the industrial-age patterns and also seeds of the post-industrial one. Senge and Carstedt (2001) suggest that no time in mankind's history have seen such a great possibility for collective change in direction, adding that it won't rise from a central authority and won't happen all at once.A new economics (APPENDIX 10) and business logic is emerging, and starts with rethinking how organizations create value in current economic systems and redefines customers towards being prosumers, as well as employees (Senge and Carstedt 2001).(Table 4-3) Also Elkington (2004) suggests that the focus of sustainable business debate regarding is changing from public relations to competitive advantage and corporate governance as new logics (Table 4-4).

From..things ..to the value provided bythings

Behind the industrial age growth machine there is a kind of mass-hypnos, that buying and owning new things will automatically lead to more satisfacted and happy consumers.This can create a radical shift in the concept of ownership.

..producers and consumers ..co-creators ofvalue

Consumers can be seen as co-creator of value ratherthan passive actors of the economy.Self organizing networks of customers will help creating deeper value and redefine our societies through consumer behaviour.

..compliant employees ..to committedmembers of social networks

The free-agent issue is present is almost all sectors, Driving the need for less purely transactional relationships and more productivity due to commitment.

..separated businesses ..to ecologicalcommunities

Potential arising from decentralized and autonomous networks are great and successful relationwship between producers-supplier will require other characteristics, as intense cooperative learning, and larger vision that enable the shift of mental model towards more trustful ones

..closed doors ..to transparency

Tranparency may drive many of the changes needed to implement more naturalistic-circular business processes and models and new accounting and performance-management practicies.

Table 4-3 The new business logic needed redefine the company itself (Senge and Carstedt 2001)

Table 4–4 TBL Agendaevolution “From factory to Boardroom” , Source Elkington 2004

Elkington (2004) divided and defined current possible business organizations' roles. He classify four business categories ,(Table 4-5) concluding that nowadays each deserve different levels support or disincentive through adequate policies to enhance and boost thereal sustainable development.

Table 4-5 Four main types of company and associated aniamal metaphors, and ‘value webs’ characteristics,along the evolutionary path to a Sustainable economy and relative impacts and new priority of supporting,

( Elkington, 2004)

4.3 ADEQUATED SKILLS AND NEW CAPABILITIESFirst and foremost the current non existance of successful, scalable and exportable hemp supply chain models is a major rationale to investigate what characteristics a managementmodel should have.To aspire to be really sustainable, businesses have to let go the secure worldview developed especially after WW2, “without knowing what they can hang on to” (Senge and Carstedt 2001) or better, hanging on what we know about changes and a more TBL worldview,Building shared vision, surfacing and testing mental models and system thinking(Figure 4-2) will be among the key capabilities that TBL enterprises have to build.(Senge and Carstedt 2001) But is likely that it would be a process, to carry onwards and evolving continuously, including the assessment of variables within each situations.

Figure 4-2 The learning flywheel for business, value webs or government alike, Elkington 2004

Top down approaches such as getting a CEO supporting sustainability is not enough, while bottom-up environmental innovations could often fails (Senge and Carstedt 2001). Multiple balancing processes considering the dynamicity and implications of each activity could be the right approach. Successful managers, from this point of view, see theworld as open, dynamic, interconnected and full of possibilities, beside costs and benefits assessments.

In particular is important to discuss the integration aspect for tailor an adequate Hemp model. Each time business need to address a new agenda, there is the problem “of silos” (Elkington, 2004) as in the cases regarding environment, health and safety (EHS), total quality management (TQM), information technology (IT), shareholder value added (SVA) and corporate social responsibility (CSR). Also frontrunners organizations still have lot to do in terms of TBL integration thinking (Table 4-6) across corporate strategy and corporate governance too.

Table 4–5Major Integration challenges, emergent hemp s8upply chainhave to deal first with effective boards)and business models, Elkington 2004

Table 4-6– Range of general necessary activities to achieve effective, lean and TBL coordination forcompanies , Bowon,2014

4.4 TRANSITION-ORIENTED BUSINESSNowadays developing sustainable businesses that are compatible with current economic reality is a major challenge (Senge and Carstedt, 2001; Caquineau, 2014).It must be said that both commercial and social enterprises can meet the aims of a transition initiative(hereafter TE), in fact, a wide range of business models in each local economy help provide the diversity needed for stronger resilience, including privately owned for-profits and other social enterprise. The concept of transition-oriented enterprise is similar to the one of social enterprise, which recently experienced increase of adoption (Hockerts,2014, MacMillan and Thompson,2014; Hopkins, 2011) “A Transition Enterprise is a financially viable trading entity that fulfils a real community need, delivers social benefits and has beneficial, or at least neutral, environmental impacts.“(Hopkins, 2011)

TEs can therefore adopt commercial strategies for improvements in social and environmental conditions of the place and community which belongs to, rather than maximizing profits to external shareholders or just providing jobs.TEs can boost collaboration and co-operation between smaller local enterprises and industrial symbiosis where the waste of one enterprise is useful to another one. Some basic principles can be traced and function as a reference for this kind of initiative. (Figure 4-4; Table 4-7)

Figure 4–4 Fundamental aspects that have to be considered for a TE initiative (Hopkins,2011)

Fundamental principles

Description UK examples

Strengthen

community

resilience

TEs help ensure the main needs of the community

are met despite wider economic instability, energy

and resource shortages and global warming impacts.

TEs are also resilient in themselves, seeking to be

financially sustainable and as independent of external

funding as possible.

food enterprises like Norwich Farm Share

and Stroudco provide low cost, healthy,

seasonal food direct to local residents

while helping them reconnect with each

other, with food and nature.

Appropriate

resource use

TEs make efficient and appropriate use of natural

resources, respecting finite limits and minimising and

integrating waste streams. The use of fossil fuels is

minimised, and use of renewable energy sources

maximised.

For example GroCycle pioneered the

growing of Oyster mushrooms from local

waste coffee grounds and significantly

reduced the energy required compared to

traditional cultivation.

More than

profit

TEs aim to provide affordable, sustainable products

and services and decent livelihoods, rather than just

generate excessive profits for others. TEs can be

profitable, but excess profits are used for wider

benefit rather than just enriching individuals.

For example Repowering London is

owned by the local community, where

profits from selling renewable energy go

back to these local investors and to

projects to reduce local fuel poverty.

Part of the

community

TEs work towards building a common wealth, owned

and controlled as much as is practical by their

workers, customers, tenants and communities. They

treat and pay all workers fairly. They have structures

which are as open, equitable, democratic, inclusive

and accountable as possible. They consciously

For example Comrie Development

Trust is owned and managed by local

people who are redeveloping an old army

camp for local commercial use. Of course,

for profit enterprises can also choose to

operate in these ways, even if not legally

operate as part of a collaborative, mutually supportive

local system.

obliged!

Appropriate

localisation

TEs operate at a scale appropriate to the

environment, the needs they are meeting and their

business sector, with regard to sourcing,

distribution and interaction with the wider

economy. They don’t all have to grow endlessly.

They provide local goods for local people as

locally as possible, where this makes sense.

For example the Big

Lemon environmentally-friendly bus

company in Brighton is a Community

Interest Company. Enterprises like this

need to work at city scale or wider – and

some enterprises make sense only at

regional or national level.

Some examples of Transition-oriented Enterprises can be found at http://www.reconomy.org/inspiring-

enterprises/

Table 4-7 The RE.economy project8 suggest that the mentioned aspects are “aspirational, voluntary and

self-assessed – not something we expect every single enterprise to fully embrace from the beginning.”

Organizations that aim to realize TBL and resilient projects need to be economically viable and one way to achieve this is through social entrepreneurship (Hopkins, 2011; Copenhagen, 2014; Pensylvania, 2014). (APPENDIX 11) while also the New Generation Cooperatives (Katz and Boland, 2002) and TEs goes in the same directions.Transition initiatives can be helpful and effective by stimulating and supporting social enterprises and entrepreneurs locally (Table 4-8), creating new networks and promoting training in locally useful initiative or other reinforcing feedback loops. (Hopkins, 2011)

WHY TRANSITION INITIATIVES DO WHAT THEY DO..

Because it feels way more fun than not doing it

Because of peak oil

Because wanting a fairer world Because it gives hope

Because of the economic crisis Beacuse of climate change

Because it means they can do that project they always dreamedof

Because of fear (especially of the last two whys)

Because it feels like the most appropriate thing to be doing

Table 4–8 Reason and motivations for setting up or running a transition initiative (Hopkins 2011)

8 The REeconomy project aims to help transition initiatives to engage local business and organizations, and stimulate new social enterprises in order to strengthen their local economy and increase community resilience(Hopkins,2011)

5- INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT AS KEY FACTOR FOR SUSTAINABILE SUPPLY CHAINS Focus on the interaction between sustainability, TBL and supply chains has recently become a frontier in the research of operations and the environment (Corbett and Kleindorfer,2003) and academic and corporate interest in Sustainable supply chain management has risen considerably (Seuring and Muller, 2008).For Svensson (2007) a better understanding of sustainabile supply chain management must come in the light of the physical basis of climate change, since it could push global society and institutions towards sustainable practices. Carter and Rogers(2008) also suggest that it's now easy to understand that in the near future, supply chain and its economic bottom line will be affected by rise in oil-derived energy prices and rising consumers demand for transparency and awareness on environmental and social issues.

While now Supply chain integration is a “hot topic” (Seuring and Muller, 2008), improved supply chain management (APPENDIX 12) is claimed to be a likely a specific solution for the success of many Hemp related business. To coordinate the various actors and creatingstable relationship which can produce stable quality products and thus market offer, an effective integration of the various actors along the supply chain is crucial. Supply chain professionals and managers are in a particularly important position to affect the TBL (Carter and Rogers, 2008).

Hemp supply chains management seems a very promising field of research, since the crop has been allowed to re-grow in the last 15 years. In most of western industrialized countries, new concerns about how to create and maintain value and quality across the participants seems to be a central issue of nowadays and future effective supply chains (Figure).

Starting from Rhydwen's (2006) research analysis and informed by the questionnaire to Hemp major stakeholders, this research suggest a model regarding two supply chains model chains in order to highlight two of the most potential ways to create TBL supply chains to exploit Hemp possibilities.

Before discussing the suggested model the theoretical framework and related managerial implications must be addressed. Strategic management is surely a major component of successful initiatives. The integration of the major stakeholder questionnaire(chapter 8) in the discussion then highlight useful insights, adding relevance to the integrated management approach to the model proposed.

.Figure 5-1 Finding effectivness btween resilience and efficiency, (EMcA,2013 )

5.1 THE LEAN MANAGEMENT APPROACHMerging the Hemp sector, which need relevant upfront costs for machineries and processing plant(e.g. The decorticator plant, farm machinery), with adequate and effectivemanagement can be eased through lean approach to management(Table 5-1)Referring to manufacture supply chains, the lean management concept involves optimal outsourcing, co-operation, networking and flexibility (Womack, Jones at Roos, 1996).Lean supply is a strategic model for supplier-customer relationship in whichever supply chain and where partnership is a central form of collaboration (Lehtinen and Torko, 2005). The core characteristic of partnership are exchange of ideas, information and benefits where joint research and technology development based on trust create useful long term relations and lean supply chains. The main factors affecting the lean management model are listed in table 5-1 .

Table 5-1 An Overview of the mechanism of Lean Supply Model, where firms periodically conduct rapid analyusis and then take improvements actions , also through bottom-up approaches (Lehtinen and Torkko,2005)

Lean organizations, due to the more transparent and co-operative way of doing businesscan have a less “secrets to hide” rationale, therefore aiming more directly at eliminating waste either within or between companies (Lehtinen and Torko, 2005).

A systematic approach to apply lean principles to supply chain in Hemp industry has neverbeen documented, as far as the author's knowledge.The plant itself offers hundreds of supply chain solutions where different parts of the plantscan be used in different ways, almost creating any waste, therefore increasing the supply chains’ productivity, which in turn means leaner operations that can, as feedback mechanism, expose further potentials or quality issues in the supply chain itself. (Lehtinen and Torko, 2005)The seven general dimensions of wasted seen by Shinogo (1981, 1988) represent a clear framework to understand how a reduced waste-supply chains can increase its productivity.

Figure 5-2 The seven dimensions of wasted seen by Shinogo (1981, 1988, quoted in Bowon 2014)

5.2 INTEGRATING TBL IN PRACTICESThe interdisciplinary nature of SSM9 is due to the wholistic view given by the supply chain discipline and the multidisciplinary challenges and implications of sustainability (Linton et al., 2007) and become particularly interesting in considering the hemp supply chains, which need this approach to spread all its benefits.

Even if benefits of strategic long-term commitment to implement TBL goals (Table 5-2) through SSCM could lead to higher economic commitment and organizational efforts, this could become likely a sustainable competitive advantage in the long run. (Carter and Rogers, 2008)

9A proof of the multidisciplinary nature ofsustainable supply chain managementis given by Carter and Rogers (2008) who integrates resource dependence from the field of sociology, transaction costs form economics, population ecology from biology and resource based view and the theory of competitive advantage from strategic management.

Table 5-2 The interdisciplinary aspects of Sustainabile supply chains, showing the same basic principles forTBL ,Source Bowon 2014

Organizations that are highly dependent on key external resources should improve their economic sustainability through vertical integration (Carter and Rogers, 2008) especially if they face uncertain environments for those key resources (APPENDIX 13). It's easy to contextualize all fossil fuel derived products and services inside this category110

Vertically integrated hemp supply chain with circular approach meets this theoretical criterion, justifying TBL managerial strategic approach.Nowadays some companies find many challenges in implementing real TBL since they have already finishedthe low-effort improvements and now face the longer term managerial commitments in which sometimes economics and environmental issue is divergent (Gray, 1994). The efforts of a single firm to be sustainable from the entire supply chain participant’s perspective can be referred as value system sustainability (Bowon, 2014) (Figure 5-3)The term refers to a wider audience of stakeholders (Table 5-3), from internal managers to external communities. The concept of value is not just monetary but encompasses various tangible and intangible elements.

Figure 5-3 The different components of system' sustaninability , area refers to particular location's activities

10As example if an organization face uncertainties around the purchasing context of key resources this suggest even more stronger justification for vertically integrate relationship should be made, in which positive feed-backs are expected(Carter and Rogers,2008) especially regarding economic sustainability.

while level refers to markets or sectors at large(Bowon,2014)

Table 5–3 Characteristics of sustainable stakeholder relatioship,both internally and externally Bowon (2014)

5.3 DESIGNING ADEQUATED SUPPLY CHAINSDesign in many disciplines is seen as the most appropriate way to address sustainability issues. As new wave of environmentalism is gaining momentum, driven by innovation rather than regulation, new technologies, products, processes and business models emerge as potential drivers (Senge and Carstedt, 2001). In the start-up phase of an organization it is easier to fix environmental components and processes (Isaak, 2002). Also Elkington (2004) underline that the best way to ensure an organization to fully address TBL agenda is to build the necessary requirements from the onset. The careful and strategic design of supply chain with TBL approach can lead to advantages and benefits, easing the management operations as well supply chain design factors involve structural and infrastructural dimensions (Bowon, 2014).The structural factors can be divided into two main groups. The operational manifest themselves in the short term (e.g. on a day to day basis) while the strategic ones are more relevant in the longer term. (Table 5–4) show the diverse importance of structural designing factors.

Table 5–4 Short and long term considrations requires both strategic and operational adequated designSource Bowon 2014

Geographic placement of supply chain is a crucial decision involving commitment of resource to a long term plan, especially if we have to locate a decortication plant strategically.

It needs to be considered central in the designing phase, looking at how to connect dispersed functions or activities of the supply chain. Bowon (2014) suggest that an adequate trade-off between efficiency and responsiveness should be found when selectingthe most adequate location. Furthermore relevant inventory decisions as well and shouldbe designed against uncertainty and planned for all the stages of the supply chain, from raw material to finished goods, as in Figure 5-4.

Figure 5-4 Inventory decisions and importance along supply chains, (Bowon 2014)

Inventory play a key role in supply chains, driving costs, innovation and problem solving capability (Bowon, 2014) directly relating to logistic as well.

A general forecast curve (Figure 5-5) suggested by Bowon (2014) can be used in Inventory decision, and has direct impact on the design of the model. From Introduction towards the decline of the product life cycle the amount of data know grows, while the time-planning-horizon become shorter term.

Figure 5-5 Inventory decisions are stretegically relevant for busines planning, and vary at stages, and in thecase of hemp, could have strict seasonal limitations (Bowon,2014)

Lack of systematic and fair measurement could be driven by leakages of proprietary knowledge, while also culture or inertia can act as barrier to the adoption of these “lean” design principles. (Bowon, 2014).

This can result in costs due to coordination failure, (table 5-5) or in necessary uncertaintiesanalysis to find the adequate level of coordination(Table 5-6 ).Also, when coordination failsthe bullwhip effect (Bowon,2014) can be the outcome, useful to indicatively understand themagnitude that happen to the diverse actors(Figure 5-6)

INFORMATION QUALITY INEFFICIENCY

Uncertainity increase Non-value added activities

Planning failure Unnecessary mistakes

Mismatch between supply and demand Suboptimal resource allocation

Over/under stocking Oppurtunity costs (lost sales, loyality loss..)

Table 5-5 Information quality and relativeinformation failure, Source Bowon 2014

Table 5-6 Uncertainities variables for understanding adequated coordination at aggregate and product mix-levels.Source Bowon 2014

Figure 5-6 The Bullwhip effect, Bowon 2014

On the other hand effective coordination can help to reach the SSCM key objective of minimizing the mismatch between supply and demand, enabling firms to achieve both efficiency-driven and responsiveness-driven value. The coordination areas can consider the choice of the product/services, information sharing.11

Integration and design efforts involve many activities and it's considered as the key component of effective hemp supply chain management models, for achievement of TBL goals and wider benefits.

11(e.g. market demand, customer requirements) new product development, R&D or even joint decision making)

5.4 RESILIENCE THINKING AND RISK MANAGEMENTAnother useful characteristic when designing adequate supply chains is the resilience thinking concept, which can be tailored to enhance TBL in the long-term. Resilience thinking is a relevant part of transition initiatives aiming at building flexibility and adaptive capacity; this can be confronted with the current mainstream economic approach of chasing stable optimal production and short-term economic gains. (What is resilience?)

“A resilience approach to sustainability focuses on howto builds capacity to deal with unexpected change. A resilience thinking approach tries to investigate how these interacting systems of people and nature – or social-ecological systems – can best be managed to ensure a sustainable and resilient supply of the essential ecosystem services on which humanity depends.” (Simonsen et.al.,2012)

All the principles presented in table – need specific tailoring to each particular situation andare comprehensive and wholistic as well. The understanding of how, where and when to apply them, and how the different principles interact and depend on one another need to be assessed each time with the considerations regarding what we want to build resilience of, and to what force (e.g. Peak oil, urbanization, food security, resource constraints).(Table 5-7)The seven principles inform the model on key opportunities for achieving TBL and regenerative goals. In the long-term, therefore representing another fundamental design criterion.

Principles forresilient thinking

Key messages

Maintaindiversity andredundancy

Systems with many different components (e.g species, actors or sources of knowledge) are generally more resilient than systems with few components. Redundancy provides ‘insurance’ within a system by allowing some components to compensate for the loss or failure of others. Redundancy is even more valuable if the components providing the redundancy also reactdifferently to change and disturbance (response diversity).

Manageconnectivity

Connectivity can both enhance and reduce the resilience of social-ecological systems and the ecosystem services they produce. Well-connected systems can overcome and recover from disturbances more quickly, but overly connected systems may lead to the rapid spread of disturbances across the entire system so that all components of the system are impacted.

Manage slowvariables and

feedbacks

In a rapidly changing world, managing slow variables and feedbacks is oftencrucial to keep social-ecological systems “configured” and functioning in waysthat produce essential ecosystem services. If these systems shift into a different configuration or regime, it can be extremely difficult to reverse.

Foster complexadaptivesystemsthinking

Although CAS (complex adaptivity systems) thinking does not directly enhance the resilience of a system, acknowledging that social-ecological systems are based on a complex and unpredictable web of connections and interdependencies is the first step towards management actions that canfoster resilience.

Encouragelearning

Learning and experimentation through adaptive and collaborative management is an important mechanism for building resilience in social-ecological systems. It ensures that

different types and sources of knowledge are valued and considered when developing solutions, and leads to greater willingness to experiment and take risks.

Broadenparticipation

Broad and well-functioning participation can build trust, create a sharedunderstanding and uncover perspectives that may not be acquired throughmore traditional scientific processes.

Promotepolycentricgovernance

systems

Collaboration across institutions and scales improves connectivity andlearning across scales and cultures. Well-connected governance structurescan swiftly deal with change and disturbance because they are addressed bythe right people at the right time.

Table 5–7 Applying resilience thinking with the seven principles (Simonsen et.al.,2012)

Carter and Rogers(2008) performed an extensive review of sustainability literature highlighting how aspects as risk management, strategy and culture as relevant aspects quoted by scholars as supporting facets of the triple bottom line explicit definition of sustainability. Building resilience goes hand in hand with adaptive risk management where “supply chain risk management can be addressed with contingency planning and building more resilient and agile supply chains” (Carter and Rogers,2008).

5.5 LEARNING AS INTEGRATING IN ORGANIZATIONSAnother essential characteristic for the design and management of a hemp initiative is its inclination towards being a learning organization.Over the last decades many organization have tried to build learning capability with few understandings of the wider picture and its implications for them (Senge and Carstedt 2001), often looking for change established mental models without building real trust and openness.Organization's Learning capability is a dynamic and continuous process, not a single isolated event and involves accumulating knowledge, which is useful for further learning and problem solving (Bowon, 2014). Also the accumulation of knowledge should be a conscious effort and not a haphazard experience in order to enhance operations. Identifying and understanding the complex cause-effect relationships between critical factors in operations therefore become essential, with generating operations knowledge based on understanding as direct consequence.The ability to learn and implement changes driven by that knowledge can be used to improve efficiency and effectiveness. (Carter and Rogers2008) As the circular natural cycles are in conflict with the linear industrial pattern, the logic of a learning organization could be seen in the opposite direction of the traditional control oriented organizational cultures.“Understanding natural systems establishes the guiding ideas for sustainability innovations, then learning capability provides the means to translate ideas into accomplishment”(Senge and Carstedt 2001).

Applying the knowledge to solving problems to enhance operations performance, gathering and analyzing outcomes of problems solving and systemizing the analysis

results to further improve the capability of identifying and understanding the cause-and effect relationship are also fundamental factors of operational learning within any organization.Some scholars studying the learning organization have interrelate it with the field of marketing, concluding that it could lead to competitive advantage (Moorman and Miner, 1997; Sinkula et al., 1997)Other learning based-advantage that can arise from knowledge exchange between supplier and buyers can create increased positive impacts on supplier performances and reduced costs in supply chain relationship (Carter and Rogers2008). Therefore integrating social, environmental resources and knowledge as resource, in a learning organization can lead to competitive advantages, including economic sustainability. (Carterand Rogers2008)

Definition A Learning organization for SCM is an organization skilled at creating, acquiring and transforming knowledge()cause and effect analysis and modifying its behaviour(performance) to reflect new knowledge and insigths. (Bowon,2014)

Building blocks Systematic problem solving

Experimentation with new approaches

Learning from experiences and best practice of others

Transferring knowledge quickly and efficiently throughout thwe organization

Stages of learning

Cognitive

Behavioural

Performance improvement through measurable improvements

Table 5-8 Learning organization characteristics according to Bowon, (2014)

5.6 COORDINATION AND LEARNING: CONTROLLABILITY AND FLEXIBILITYTo achieve effective integration of the coordination efforts in learning organizations we must be able to look for the optimal configuration of a supply chain. Kim (2005, quoted in Bowon, 2014) developed a framework that separates various firm capabilities into controllability, flexibility and integrating capability.Controllability's primary objective is to achieve high efficiency that minimizes costs and maximizes accuracy and productivity. It often requires the skills to check meet specificationexactly as demanded by customer. (Bowon, 2014) it relates directly with efficiency-driven value. Flexibility is the firm's ability to cope with internal and external uncertainties .It is linked to the ability to change or react incurring few penalties in terms of time, money or performance, responding effectively to changing circumstances. It relates directly with Responsiveness -driven value. The whole supply chain should be integrated to aim at

building partnerships capable to produce quality product/services. (Seuring and Muller, 2008)

Figure 5-7 Different value drives create value through supply chain management. Bowon, 2014

Over time the balance of this two fundamental capabilities have evolved form an intra-firm approach to an inter-firm one. Bowon (2014) suggests that in the short-term the trade-offs

Between the two follow the curve shown in figure - ,Figure 5–8 Integrating capability determine how a firm can achieve trade-offs between flexibility and controllability (Bowon, 2014)Figure 5-9 The effort to improve flexibility and controllability, through learning capabilities, usually follows therelationship of this kind of curve (Bowon, 2014)

Figure 5-10The learning capability, can lead to better results and continuous improvements(Bowon,2014)

Figure 5-11 The fluctuations across different curves of the same line represents the strategic choice made by the actor in the supply chain, evolving through time. Source (Bowon, 2014)

Another way an organization can be more flexible, in the light of the complex environment discussed in the first chapters, is analyzed by Carter and Rogers (2008) in explaining the theory behind transaction costs economics.In addition to the achievements in cost savings (Carter and Rogers2008) reduced opportunistic behavior in supply chains, as well as in single organizations should be a logic and basic constituent of a operating' s rationale that accomplish any framework of SSCM. If ethical basis are established and truly integrated into activities since the beginning there is less need to monitor and a more proactive environment.Together with internal social issues, the organization's structure responds to external changes in circumstances. From population ecology perspective inertia and lack of flexibility are suggested as a driver in failure to adapt. The integration of TBL and learning capabilities in organizations should be seen as continuous process that can result in increased organization effectiveness (Bowon, 2014) In most industries, it is rather unusual that a single company performs all activities from product design, production of components, and final assembly to delivery to the final user by itself. Most often, organizations are elements of a value system or supply chain. Hence, value chain analysis (APPENDIX 14) should cover the whole value system in which the organization operates. Members of a value system can cooperate to improve their efficiency and to reduce their costs in order to achieve a higher total margin to the benefit of all of them (e.g. by reducing stocks in a Just-In-Time system or vendor-managedinventory).There are many reasons why organizations outsource activities or tasks, with the process of outsourcing directly linked to the supply chain management concept. Reasons include the factors in table 5-9

Lack of in-house capacity

financing(e.g. cost-cutting)

Union avoidance

Product life cyle(outs. Of old product)

Organizational changes in operations

Table 5-9 Some major reasons why organizations outsource (Lehtinen and Torko,2005)

Bowon’s (2014) managerial insights help to create a useful framework to consider for anintegrated and resilient supply chain. As most profound strategic elements, the dynamic learning thorough cause-and-effect analysis, possibly fast and considering always updating the systems have to be considered.

Also balancing short-term and long-term learning performance characteristics and must be taken in consideration while continuous environment surveillance, negotiation and monitoring of cultural/administrative/economic/technological changes are equally importantin adequate management practices aiming at TBL, integrated and resilient supply chains. An overview of the concepts of organizational learning is shown in Figure 5-12.

Figure 5-12 3C (calculus, creativity and committment) feedback mechanism for learning organizationsSource Bowon 2014

To create an adequate integrated hemp model, Internal and external analysis should be done. Internal integration (e.g. integrating intra-firm functions, activities, and communications) and External integration (e.g. integrating with suppliers, customers, partners, and the markets in general ) need to be characterized and investigated specifically, together with Ecosystem analysis (e.g. players, competitors, partners, suppliers, customers).

This can be addressed with a business plan, especially if the upfront costs and managerial complexities are high, justifying the efforts to create a useful efforts, while it could be seen as a waste of time if small initiative are designed (Evans, 2011).

5.7 MANAGERIAL PROBLEM SOLVING AS FUNDAMENTAL FACTOR FOR LEARNING APPROACHTo effectively integrated risk management, resilience, and TBL goals and to improve even more the performances, cause and effect analysis with systemic thinking is essential. “Learning organization” practices, a clear and adequate rationale for measuring the activities is needed (figure 5-13)

Figure 5-13 Single loop learning, could be useful in the short-term managerial problem solving issues butavoids the roots causes, Bowon(2014)

Managerial problem solving with dynamic integrated learning (Figure 5-14 ), is more complex to achieve but guarantee maximum benefits in both short and long run, effectivelyreaching the root causes of organization’s problems.

Figure 5-14 Integrated Learning in action -learning propensity model, can be considered a double loopsystem

As example this kind of reasoning could be useful for current hemp straw processors. They might look at the low sales as a symptom of the market while with a deeper analysis it might come out that their shivs or fibersare not enough clean to be appealing or create new markets applications. This might involve a product analysis by a laboratory or by an expert but can create long term benefits.

6- SELECTED HEMP SECTORS AND MODEL'S PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS

Firstly since hemp can can contribute to a sustainable agricultural system(Francis,1996)(Table 6 ) based on its environmental credentials during cultivations(APPENDIX 16) (Bouloc,2013, Rhydwen,2006, Meakin,2007; Van Vliet,2014, Benhaim,no date) hemp agronomic benefit should be maximized. This can be done thrugh organic(or stock free) agriculture. Since it's also king source of non-wood fibre and the seed properties and its products represent a quality insurance for hemp foods, The integrated supply chain model should involve building and alimentary applications.

1 A diversity of crops through the use of rotations, relay cropping, and intercropping.

2 A selection of crop varieties and livestock that are well suited to the farm's soil, people and climate.

3 selection of crop varieties that resist pests and soil management tecqniques and diseases as wellas enhancing conditions for controlling or suppressing weeds, insect pests, and diseases. Synthetic biocides to be used only as a last , and only when there is a clear threat to the crop.

4 A tightening of nutrient cycles to minimize the loss of nutrients off the farm, and to reduce the need for extemal inputs, such as by composthg of Iivestock manures and by rotations using legumes to fixnitrogen.

5 An enhancement of the soil's ability to take up applied nutrients for later release as needed by the crop, in contrast to direct uptake by the crop at the time of application.

6 Rotations that include deep-rooted crops to tap nutrient reserves in lower strata.

7 A protecuve cover on the soil surface throughout the year (Ieaving crop residues on the surface, cover crops, living mulches)

8 Preferences for fm-generated resources over purchased materiais, and locallya6vailable off-farm inputs when required, over those from remote regions.

9 A positive impact on the imrnediate and off-farm envimnrnents (physicd economiclsocial).

Table 6- Major benefits of improved agricultural systems, hemp have strong and useful agronomic potentials(Francis, 1996)

Figure 6- Some Hemp value chain tree, source: DAFF “a profile of the South African hemp market value

Hemp and its constituents can be used in an increasingly large amount of ways (Benhaim, no date, Bouloc, 2013; Young, 2005; Meakin, 2007; Rhydwen, 2006; Van Vliet, 2012) and it's considered by many enthusiasts a major player that could “save the world”. This optimistic view could be considered naive if the barriers and downsides are not addressed properly, nonetheless is doubtless that this plant has great potentials to help the transitions (table 6-1) and development of nowadays societies.

HEMP CAN BE USEFULFOR THE TRANSITION

FROM.....TO BECAUSE

The fossil fuel basedeconomy

The BioeconomyIt's just a plant and has plenty of uses, and has

advantages if grown organically.

Linear pattern ofproduction

More circular economyCan substitute many traditionally linearly produced

goods and all the plant can be used, potentiallywaste less.

Globalized and sometimesunsustainable markets for

natural products

Sustainable andresilient local economy

It can grow in almost many conditions and could bemanufactured, sold and used locally with some of its

products could be sustainable and easy to obtain(e.g. Healthy Hemp foods )

Market -driven andindustrial based lifestyles

More commonsoriented and

regenerative, healthylifestyles

The above benefits and the health benefits of usinghemp-based products can enhance the shift towards

more healthy lifestyles (e.g. More healthy diets)

Table 6-1 Hemp can be useful towards the inevitable coming of the transitions shown, bythe author

The number of different end-products that can be obtained from the plant is claimed to be over 20.000, while depending on their final use, the relative industrial (or not) process can be completely different (Bouloc et al.,2013). The quality, cost, quantity and environmental profile of each hemp-related materials is influenced by several factors including local climate conditions, hemp strain and agronomics, farming techniques, harvesting, storage, transportation, processing and manufacture.

This research focus on relevant implication the building and alimentary supply chains, while the objectives of the manufacturer, their expectations plus the requirements of the markets that are aimed to represent appropriate preliminary considerations for hemp products.(Bouloc et al., 2013).

After harvesting the seeds, Hemp's useful components must be obtained throughout hempprocessing with a process called decortication(APPENDIX 15) and consists in separating efficiently the components and collecting them in a way they can be exploited to their full potential (Zucchini,2014; Bouloc et al.,2013).This process of breaking up the straw (Table 6-2) has existed since its Chinese origin, for being changed in terms of procedures and source of power, however the fundamental steps remained unchanged (Bouloc, 2013).

Fibres (Tehnical fibres/ short fibres/ very short fibres)

29%-32% (22-24%/ 4-5%/ 3%)

Woody core 55,00%

Dust 10-15%

Waste (pebbles, wood metal) Loss (water vapour, dust) and Seeds, leafs, flowers, roots

Table 6-2 HEMP material balance sheet, breakdown of straw's derivate products and other components,Bouloc et. al edited by the author

It's useful to underline that this is a complex field, where some preliminary considerations are essential to most whichever processes, as shown in tables 6-3 to 6-7.This considerations have direct implications in both logistic and planning of hemp initiatives.

THERE IS NO STANDARDFACTORY

Depending on final use, the industrial process can be pretty different even if the basic principles are the same:-Separate the fibes fom the huds-The fibres must be cleaned according to their end usage-The podwer produced in this process must be recovered.

ABRASIVE NATURE OF THE PLANT

This can result in inceased wear or different typology of the machinery used, or high maintenance costs.

DUST POLLUTIONThe fibre removal process creates dust that must be colleted for secuity and health reason and to add other value to the plant.

SIGNIFICANT INVESTMENT

This difficultyy comes from the fact that the factory's tornover of 1 year is oftenmuch less thatn the investment requirements.

LOGISTICAL ISSUES Working with Hemp can create relevant logistical issues

Table 6-3 Preliminary considerations for straw processing suggested by Bouloc(2013)§

1 ha of Hemp produces: 4-12 t of dried straw with humidity of 15% 0,6-1,5 t of hemp seeds

1 t of straw can be broken down into : 0,55-0,65 t of hurds 0,2-0,3 t of fibre

1 ha of Hemp(based on a 8t/ha yield):4,8 t of hurds 2 t of fibre 1,2 t of podwer

Table 6-4 Value by weigth Bouloc(2013)

1 t of straw presed into round bales occupiesapproximately 6,5 m3

1 t of the fibre pressed at high density occupiesapproximately 1,9 m3

1 t of hurds occupies approximately 5,5 m3

1 t of podwer occupies 0,5 m3

Table 6–5 Volumes required when storing the derivative constituents of hemp, (Bouloc2013)

Straw: 6,5 m3 * 8 t =52 m3 Table 6–6 Volume necessary to store the material produced by 1 t of Hemp, by the author datafrom (Bouloc,

Straw 1 ha producing 8 t/ year, stored in round bales with diameter of 1,65 mWeigthing 380 kg/bale (21 bales/ha)Ground surface area required for 1 bale 2,14 m2

Weigth per m2 /bale: 380 kg/2,14 m2 =0,177 t/mStorage over five levels: 0,380 t * 5 = 1,9 tWeigth per m2 =0,89 t/m2

Surface area needed for 1ha= 4,2 m2 (out of circulation) with piles og 5 bales

Fibre Weigth of a bale of fibre = 400 kgVolume= 1,5*0,8*0,8 =approx 1 m3

Ground surface area required for 1bale =1,2 m2

Weight per m3/bale = 0,330 t/m2

Storage over 6 levels = 1,98 t/m2

Surface area needed for 1 ha= approximately 0,5 m2 (out of circulation)

Table 6–7 Surface area needed to store the material produces by 1 ha of hemp Bouloc(2013)

This prliminary considerations, togheter with the management informations previously descripted(especially logistics and inventory design decisions and implication) form the basis of the model proposed, The model then aim at maximizing the value of shivs and fibers, since the costly processing plant need large amount of sales to compensate the relatively low value of raw materials.This can also be considered a major downside of Rhydwen(2006) minimal model to grow hemp sustainably.

6.1 Hemp straw applications for the building sectorSupply chains in agricultural production could be effective in providing low impact materials to use in the current building sector.Bio-based natural insulating materials have been in use ever since man started to create adequate shelters. Thatched roofs or adobe are examples, used in vernacular architectureworldwide.The decortication stage is the link and principal phase between new demand and new offer of hemp-based products. Information regarding the treatment of the stem are presented (Figure 6-1) for then discussing some of the central issues for hemp seeds.

Figure 6-1 Flow diagram detailing a typical processing chain for hemp straw (Bouloc et al.,2013)

Designing the supply chain must aim to reduce at minimum the distance of core farming activities and it's industrial phases, but to produce a better design where all the barriers that hamper the establishment of the hemp building industry must be addressed(Table 6-8), creating enough balance between efficiency and resilience.

Technical Commercial KnowledgeLack of knowledge in hemp growing Difficulty to source hemp seed Lack of R&D in better hemp strainsPoor hemp quality Poor hemp crop yield Farmers' lack of knowledgeLack expertise in hemp production Necessary winter storage/ waiting Architects' lack of knowledgeLack of expertise in hemp use High trasportation costs Builders' lack of knowledge

Lack of producers Farmers profitabilityConstruction industry lack of knowledge

Lack of processing plants Difficulty to start up the hemp industry Cosumers lack of knowledge

Lack of initial capital More profitable market for hemp Government lack of knowledgeLack of processing plant R&D and related industry

Lack of economy of scale and supply chains

Lack of supply chain managerial knowledge

Non adeuated and effective supply chain organization Hemp products could be expensive

Lack of supply chain potetntials awareness

others Consumer resistance to innovation othersRegulatory Psychological InvisibleFarmers difficulty to get clearance forhemp cultivation Hemp association with marijuana

Syntheticfibre and products vested' interest

Difficulty to obtain certifications(new strains, machinary, labels..)

Misconception that "traditional product are better built"

Other natural fibre, alternative product interest

Difficulty to get structural insuranceVilification of ERM materials characteristics and performances

Cement industry' vested industry (for hemp and lime )

Demanding Insulation laws(high density, lot of material)

Lack of subsidies for big investments in processing plant

Others Others OthersTable 6-8 Initials barriers for hemp building industry mainstreaming. Source by the author,2015

Figure 6-2 Uses of hemp in building sector, Source: Hemp out agency 2013

Even if chopped hemp121 stems can be so used in buildings, only using the hurds and fibers (of adequate thickness and cleanness quality) separated, to use fully their potentials.

It is possible to create interesting construction solutions mixing hemp and binders in a variety of ways. Hemp/lime construction (APPENDIX 17) can be claimed to have several environmental benefits over standard building techniques (Rhydwen, 2006).Hurds low density and thermal and properties function as a isolator that arise from the small mass: volume ration with the characteristic of hemp binders products depending highly on the specific composition, as example by varying the amount and type of binder ispossible to obtain roof insulations, paving, wall contraction and fine renderings(Bouloc,2013).(appendix 18)

12Historically speaking, we should be aware of the right interpretation of the word hemp, as theTerm has been adopted to refer to the bast and leaf fibers of different plants including cannabis sativa, Manila hemp, sisal, henequen, Indian Sunn etc (Imperial Economic Committee, 1932, p.9)

Environmental advantages of using hemp building products are many (Table 6-9). It sequesters CO2 during growth of the hemp plant through photosynthesis; reducing its carbon footprint. The construction of a hemp-lime building has good thermal performances, which can smooth external temperature fluctuations and passively control internal humidity, as shown in Latif (2013). This considerably reduces the demand on internal heating and cooling thus reducing the energy consumed within the building (Duffy, 2013).Enough hemp can be grown in 3-4 months on one hectare to produce about 40 cubic metres of hemp lime mixture, enough to build a 2-3 bedroom home (Benhaim, no date). Also Rhydwen (2006) also adds that it could take around 8000kg of hurds or ~2 hectares of hemp to have enough hemp hurds for a 2 bed terrace with 400mm walls.

Figure 6-3 Necessary cultivated area related to thickness of the walls of hemp-lime residential buildings (Rhydwen,2006)

Table 6-9 Environmental impact asociated with hemp+ binder walls, cement should be avoided or addexd intiny amount(about 5%) to ensure paricular requirements, therefore the environmental impact can be lowered

further (Bouloc,2013)

Hemp can sequester 500kg Carbon per tonne oof biomass produces (Rhydwen,2014) Andcan thus be Carbon Negative. Construction is relatively simple and renovation's contribution could save large amounts of CO2 (Rhydwen,2014). Also earth bricks with hemp, hemp-clay plasterboards or fine shiv plasters are surely promising. A major productthat could useful for future building needs is hemp wool(Table 6-11). The good insulation performances (0,05W/m °C for a wool of 40 kg/m3or R= 4 w/°C for a thickness of 20cm) are related to the low density of the material (30-100 kg/m3) and the quantity of air trappedair in the fibers (Bouloc et al., 2013). Only if is not too compressed and remains still in use the thermal performances are met.Thermal insulation is the main characteristic of hemp wool, and the performance during conditioning and employment are a direct function of these characteristics.The five hemp wool insulation bats used by Latif (2013) are shown in table 6-10. Hemp wool has similar conductivities to most common insulating wools in construction industry.

The apparent density of the insulations varies between 45 kg/m3 and 57 kg/m3 and manufacturers’ declared thermal conductivity varies between 0.038 W/mK and 0.043 W/mK.

Table 6-10 The basic material properties of the insulations used by Latif (2013) The supplier has not provided the proportions of the constituent materials of hemp-3 insulation.

Low Tech: High Tech:

Using rough fibre or the whole plant for pressed Using fine fibre for insulating mats, extra fine

Boards, partly in combination with other raw materials like wood, clay, lime or glue. (e.g. MDF or other wood-fibre based material)

Fibre for fibre glass substitution in combination with concrete or clay; hemp shavings for floor and roof insulation and extra strength for clay blocks.

Table 6-11 Fibers categories applications according to Benhaim et al(no date)

6.2 Hemp processing: the seeds The interest in Hemp seeds as nutritional source (Figure 6-3) is growing, thanks to a number of proven clinical studies demonstrating its benefits (Benhaim, 2014; Meakin, 2007), both on the side of the demand and the offerBecause it's a grain crop, is relatively easy to harvest and manage and it has 30% oil content. It has high proportion of amino acids and other nutrients best suited for human assimilation (Benhaim, 2000).

Figure 6-4 Flow diagram detailing the different routes for producing oil from oilseed crop, differenttechnologies are available to meet different requirements and needs, the marked area represents the more

adequate in order to avoid use of chemicals.(Meakin, 2006)

Hemp seed's products are very good source of nutrients for human physiological needs, it thus can be said that hemp is also a useful nutraceutical crop, from which thousands of edible products can be made of, ranging from oil, flour baked goods coming from the processation of seeds or the seeds themselves. The seeds provide one of the richest and most well-balanced essential fatty acid sources (Meakin, 2000; Benhaim, 2000; ) and many findings underline how its quality can be considered a competitive advantage (APPENDIX 20).New Hemp initiatives should be fully aware of potentials enabling more feedback mechanisms between growers, processors and consumers(Figure 6-5). The local scale could create shared wellbeing enhancing lalso the natural environment, throughincreased biodiversity through hemp initiative.(Figure 6-6)

Figure 6-5 (up and down)Disintermediation possible with C.S.A-like solutions.; Source: Morin X., 2001adapted by the author

Figure 6–6 The increase of biodiversity is due to direct food(crop) consumption by crowns rooks or swallowsand indirectly beacause of less chemicals and soil-pollutant fertilizers or biocides (Small, 2002)

6.3 COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE AND MARKET EXPANSION

The future envisioned for stronger local economies, served by shorter supply chains and more local production will be most likely to favor food, energy and the construction sectors (Hopkins, 2011).As example the Organic, healthier foods demand is a rising trend in line with hemp perspectives, among the food consumption trends and drivers for the future (Kearney, 2010; Zanolli et al., 2012).The potentials for human health and well-being through the taste of hemp foods are becoming an increasing appealing buying consideration (Bouloc, 2013)Their nutritional composition is very much in line with several major trends in the sciences related the food industry.(nova-Institut,2014) as well as nutritional science (Bouloc, 2013). This singular characteristic is among the major feature of hemp seeds, as well one of the driving force of this rapidly expanding markets (Meakin, 2007), especially for customers looking for more healthy food(Bouloc,2013). This ideal ratio, approximately 3:1 (Bouloc, 2013), of omega -3 to omega-6 fatty acids is for human health; Benhaim et al.(no date) suggest a ratio of 3, 75:1.In addition, hemp oil contains other two relevant nutritional omega-6 and omega-3 fatty acids gamma linoleic acid (GLA) and stereodonic acid (SDA).13

Feeding this seed-cake to laying chickens has been proved to improve the omega fatty acid profile, creating the potential for high omega eggs (Meakin, 2007).

Also future need for the built environment seems in line with hemp potentials (Van Vliet,2014; Rhydwen, 2006; Benhaim et al.,no date; Zucchini,2014; Ronchetti,2014; Bouloc at al,2013). The need for healthier and energy efficient building can be fully satisfied through hemp products.Other objectives like targeting waste reusing construction materials or aiming zero waste to landfill could favour hemp products because its bio-degradability as natural fibre is appealing.

Current and future targets as 'zero carbon' energy in use will require adequate insulating materials, best if healthy too, with the same discourse with embodied CO2 and resource use following the same pattern. (Essex, 2013)Nonetheless the industry not so much incline to adopt innovative materials, as hemp products, and the drying time represent a major barrier too(Rhydwen,2006). Furthermore to be competitive with “conventional” building materials the costs have to be viable, even if green consumers might be ready to pay an extra for its benefits.To achieve this on large scale exportable and scalable models to produce (and installing) hemp building materials should be found and diffused.The supply chain approach made by Equilibrium14 (Ronchetti, 2014), leveraging on designers and consumers demand, to build the supply chain upwards might be an adequate solutions since reliable and adequate supply chains are not established.

13Bouloc (2013) suggest that the ideal ratio is so important because in our western world diets, among otherunbalances, we assume too much omega-6 and not enough omega-3 and that a ratio between 2:1 and 4:1 isideal. Many clinical studies implicate this unbalance an s a key factor in the rising rate of inflammatory disorders and have demonstrated the benefits of omegas intake.

14 Equilibrium is a major player in Italian Hemp-lime Industry.

7- THE INTEGRATED HEMP SUPPLY CHAIN MODEL: EVALUATIVE DISCUSSION OF THEORY AND DIRECT EXPERIENCES, WITH THE REFINED AND UPGRADED MINIMAL ENVIRONMENTAL MODEL

The correlations between transition initiative and hemp initiatives can create great potentials for entrepeneurial activities in the near future.Even if each hemp initiative, whether a single firm or entrire vertically integrated supply chain, could vary enormously according to partecipants, location and resources and requires tailored study. The questionnaire's answer merged with specific knowledge of the hemp sectors create a useful basis to design adequated potential hemp initiative in the near future.

7.1-MOTIVATIONS TO START A HEMP INITIATIVEMotivations are a key-driver for entrepeneurial activities. As clearly seen in the response ofthe first answer of the questionnaire there are plenty of different motivations ranging from economical, social, environmental benefits of the plant and relative markets for end-products.Table 7-1 shows the major motivations that the respondants suggested as the reason for choosing hemp businesses and sectors.

Reasons Further details and comments

Market opportunity(Pioneer phase) for hemp food products and ingredients

The opportunity become a “trial blazing” experience(new products, processing methods, markets)

Personal medical reasons

It's sure that many could benefit from hemp based medical possibilities, as far as the author's knowledge a comprehensive catalogation largely accessible through the internet does not exists but it represent an interesting opportunity indeed.

Cultural connections to the plant with awareness of the ecological issues that hemp could tackle

Hemp as culture, tool, solution. Generally speaking the cultural linkage between plants and man have enormous amount of unnoticed/ non harvested benefits in our western societies. This broad topic represent an interesting field of research to be analyzed maybe with interdisciplinary approach to understand better how to achieve it for businesses, with this research as a valid contributor to the expanding movement that recreate and enhance the acknowledgement by society, again, increasing value to all the stakeholders.

Building experience, discovery of the great performances and characteristics of hemp-lime compounds

“the most innovative, sustainable, healthy building material”the push come from a non commercial organizationas “extra push for the industry” in the Netherlands

Hemp as a break crop (after trying Primrose, borage, peas, beans..) for wheat

After great (excessive) yields there was large amount left, and then the decision to set up a processing plant was made.

Not yet in the business- from a sustainability dedicated writer/journalist to hemp researches

Interested in alternative and low impact lifestyles, the end of “war on drugs” and what model will emerge in the future, especially from questions about hemp as energy source

Accidental discovery, while a kid in south-west France, of hemp tows and fibres, and sculpted hemp leaf on the top of barn door

Today we have a great task, to reconnect new technologies and possibilities with traditional heritage and knowledge, if still available.

Initial willingness to save the world, and the recognition of how hemp can contribute to this in the long run

The enthusiasm around hemp potential is great andalso its potentials but it must always considered thedownsides and limitations

Previous job in the wood fibre industry, so natural fibbers(not hemp at the beginning) was thematically similar

The natural fibre plant spectrum is wide and involves different growing methods, as well as different methods for processing or manufacturing final products.

The research of a model which is in line with strategicsustainability, and the willingness to reach it personally

This has been a further development of an MSc dissertation (Dublin institute of technology) about mainstreability , limits and large scale development of hemp-lime

As teenager, the respondents was concerned about environmental concerns to address, so the motivations for sustainable change begun. Since demonstrating for change was not the solution, the conclusion that “in order to get people’s attention and attain results, the idea had to be financially attractive” comes out. Therefore he “started my career in banking, to get good understanding of money and business processes. Later when I was studying and working simultaneously, I came across a newspaper article about hemp and its uses and benefits. This article showed me the way to fulfill my approach – to combine ecology and economy.”

The respondent have worked in the hemp businessbefore and then started its own companies, all involved in the hemp business. Today, this”portfolio ranges from growing, processing and selling hemp seeds, over the development of machinery, production and distribution of hemp products (textiles, food, feed, cosmetics and special products), as well as consulting in the hemp business.”

I was excited of the all possibilities of hemp use and environmental benefits8 years before I established, in 2010, my company was working for NGO on uranium mining and nuclear waste issues and in the end decided spend my time on work with hemp because I saw it as more efficient and positive way of doing something for society.

Hemp can be an effective and pro-active tool to create change and help society in many ways.Especially in environmentally concerns and awareness exists.

Table 7-1 Motivations and Reasons to be connected with hemp-related sectors

7.2-INTEGRATED SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (Related to question n° 2)To address the sustainability revolutions, increase local resilience and coordinate optimallythe supply chain towards the maximization of all stakeholders’ value, the use of integrated approach through vertical integration of the hemp supply chain is suggested.

This strategic approach aims to achieve mare than profit outcomes and thus need a multileveled, multidisciplinary approach.The coordination's tasks and the hypothetical high numbers and specific characteristics of participants require particular attention to the managerial roles. Depending on the coordination needs and wants, the actors of the supply can arrange it in differently according to characteristic relationships balances (e.g. from single firms, cooperatives, crowd funded projects, community supported agriculture...).The supply chain manager could likely be a key role in developing initiatives that realize the TBL and enhance stakeholder value, organizing them synergically.The tasks of the coordination, and mediation, acts as a catalyst and reference for the participating actors. The role can be done by few people, maybe like a board(potentially not hierarchically structured but rather a syndicate or NGO type) that must have strong skills in relevant areas such as specific scientific and technical implications, agronomics and agricultural-related machinery, economical and market forecast capabilities, while alsodialectic and marketing skills could be useful.The questionnaire answers (Table 7-2) shows that some successful front-runners in hemp industry are using integrated supply chain management and features of the learning organization, giving relevance and confirming the hypothesis proposed for the model onsetcharacterization.

Results:

RESPONDANT

ANSWER COMMENTS

Shaun W.Crew /Canada

“Currently using it.”

Further analysis could be done toreveal the direct connections

between management practicesand TBL outcomes and drivers.

Joe Spencer /U.S.

“Yes “

The answer is interesting for thepoints above, with more time to

spend on the question the qualitycould have been better

articulated.

Steve Allin /Ireland

Working mostly in the area of advice, so “Adoptingsupply chain management or any overview of a

production chain will entail attempting to implement‘cradle to cradle’ type systems and ways of assessing

carbon footprint of methods.

The consulting issue, alongsideawareness, about the hemp

initiative management could beincreasingly important to set-up

and run hemp organizations

Hans van derVorst /

Netherland

To stimulate the collaboration between potential linksof the chain is one of the main targets. Supply chain

management is a starting-point.

Interesting perspective andexample of topic relevance.

Nick Voase* /UK

Voase's supplier basically “are the same manufacturerand the same growers on the continent, the

relationship with them is pretty good, we just buy seedfrom them once a year, in France and Poland and from

the distributor's point of view I tend to sell most of itdirectly I've got few distributors for animal bedding and

also there is also few for building material one, but Isell most of it direct.

Well, I suppose there are distributors in the end that

The answer were more illustrativeabout the downstream and

upstream activities of the firmwhile It has been considered tootime consuming and tailored alsotowards a more specific interest

in the topic of the integratedsupply chain knowledge and

awareness.

are manufacturing plasters and things and direct toend users that were spraying hempcrete, casting

hempcrete into house of people but yeah, thedistributors on the animal side are few and far

between; we struggle price-wise for shavings againstwood-chip around here because there is a lot of wood

fetched in on the docks you know, so we do tend tostruggle”.

The quality might have beendriven by the site visit performed,so for the e-mail approach to the

other respondents it has beenconsidered another wording.

Doug Fine /U.S

“I’m researching them, and the idea that I have it iscalled tri-cropping and it is a facility not much bigger

than a basketball court, maybe half a football field andin it, communities especially farmers communities cancontrol vertically their production, harvest, processing

and even marketing with the relative value addedproducts where really the money is today, so these

three general range of areas doing, anything with theseed and seed oil and that is not just food and bio-

fuels it is also lubrication sealing there is a lot ofindustrial application for the oil as well and the of

course a wide range off fibers applications both forbast and hurds and this is the second piece of this tri-cropping ..and the third piece is the energy throughbiomass gasification so it is theoretical now, and thereason I wrote about it in hemp bound is because

almost no place in the hemp industry uses more thanone application, if they are using fibers they are not

using seed oil and I have not mentioned flowers whichare a potential value added market now, potentiallymedicine uses; but for now I throw the flowers in theseed category. So this is an integrated supply chainmanagement strategy and the industry stays local.”

The answer recall what can bedefined almost circular approachwhere all the parts of the plant

are used and underline theintegration issue as central tocoordinate complex array of

combination within of the hempsectors.

PierreAmadieu /

France

Integrated supply chain management looks to be acondition to be efficient and

Reliable. The more important question here is: who isleading this management?

Is it pyramidal/vertical/ Up to bottom , the capitalistway, were a company leads the

Business and become the ruler? Or is it a transparentand every-actors-profitable management as the new

trends and behaviour of this early 21rst centurysustainable actors suggest, in a peer to

peer/transversal model?I suggest to work in this second way, that should be

the way that allows thousandshemp businesses to thrive al over the world, instead of

big projects going toBankruptcy as it happens by now.

This could be considered theconfirm by a Hemp major

stakeholder that the issues of thetheory discussed in the previouschapter are valid alternative to

mainstream approach to supplychains tin order to achieve TBL

initiative.

Miha Štefe /Slovenia

“I do not understand this question but our products aresold between the people without the big store chains

so the people are being paid for their work ofspreading the good word of hemp between the

people.”

The issue of the small playersconfirm the local potentials of

supply chains to drove outresources from big players that

risk to use hemp derivedproducts only for its economicalpotentials, with a market-only

approach.

ValerioZucchini / Italy

“Of course, this is my vision, I’ve just presented theCSS8, which is trivalent so from the agriculture that

prepare the harvest according to the final scope, andthis is the idea of the trivalent equipment. 3 points:

seed and leaf, leaf and flowers and hurds and fiber “

Another confirmation from thereal business of potential

innovation success of hemprelated initiative. The necessity ofadequate management towardsthe integration is likely to have

relevant triggering factor increating and maintaining

coherently the value chains.

PaoloRonchetti /

“Yes, we have started it but from a downstream pointof view, so from the building sector, trying to create anintegrated supplies chain from there, with architects,enterprises while downside-speaking we are not but

since the beginning it is something we aim at. Havinglocal, quality raw material can reduce costs, especially

relative to haulage and therefore achieving morecompetitiveness on the market, and also it could be an

issue of coherence, image.”

The successful initiative need tobe mentioned for the growingexpansion of hemp building

markets in Italy and its innovativeapproach and aims.

The understanding of theimportance of effectiveness of theintegrated supply chain is evident

while also the benefits arisingfrom coherence and perceived

image for stakeholders.

Daniel Kruse /Germany

Yes, we have adopted integrated supply chainmanagement. We control certain steps of the valuechain ourselves via vertical integration but we also

maintain a close partnership with other firmsresponsible for specific steps. However, there is

always potential to optimize supply chainmanagement, which we are constantly doing.

The features of the integratedsupply chain management areused in combination with also a

learning organizationimprovement-based approach.

HanaGabrielovà /

CzechRepublic

On the beginning there was the idea create thewholesale shop with different products... in the end isthe main part of our work focus on growing, advisingand farmer production. This year I am going to movecompany and myself to the farm where I am growinghemp. We bough there machine for processing thestalk... the goal is the produce all our product on the

farm by our self.

Vertical integration as a currentstrategy to create increased

value.

Table 7.2 Current or future adoption of integrated supply management

7.3) SUPPLY CHAIN DESIGN APPROACH IMPLICATIONSHaving mapped the theoretical discourse and frameworks around how a business and related supply chain should be organized today in the first chapter in order to face the multiple global and local challenges and harness the potentials available to innovators, researchers or entrepreneurs today, this part is directly converting the general frameworks into specific design implications, directly useful to potential hemp businesses or supply chains initiatives. The proposed model and relative suggestions arise form theory and market practices gathered through direct experiences.

New organizational models for the supply chain design and management should question the conventional organization where we can observe several levels of activities

that arise often from the distance between the producers and consumers. Integrated supply chain projects requires the development of models capable of interpreting the dynamics of vertical and horizontal coordination between the agents and the definition of the aspects that most affect the ability of operators to give added value to products and to acquire assets in exchange for a competitive advantage (Contò et al,2009)Therefore Hemp supply chains that manage efficiently the disintermediation gain severalbenefits, in fact improving also the possibility of a widespread use in rural areas (Battaglia, 2014 b).

Planning and promoting communication are some of the more evident roles played by a design aiming to promote local development. The key aspects to be considered in the promotion of local products are transparency and traceability, history and meaning (Kruken L., 2008).Optimum solutions to close the gap of knowledge among professionals and markets actors are surely a major issues for today and future's supply chain, but the most important phases is to link are the cultivation and the first tier manufacturing synergically. Regardless the different hemp’s purposes.While the case for a single business in hemp fields is not the focus of this work, if we think of a vertical Integration of all the phases (or most of them) (Figure -) there are possibilities to create a cluster. From the fields to expensive processing plant to other manufacturing facilities, the integrated model should take place in rural or semi-rural areas, in order to maintain competitive and strategic closeness of most of the phases and thus ensure betterthe quality of the end-products.

The cluster could be formed of lot of small medium enterprises collaborating or under a cooperative type of organization or even an umbrella company. Nonetheless all form of organization (and mixes) requires the disintermediation of the supply chain that can be achieved via integrated supply chain management and through a learning organization.

Figure 7-1 Hemp market value chain.Source: DAFF SA 2011.

If disintermediation succeed and is established with a simplified scheme under adequate management it’s then easier to identify raw material producers, transformers and

distributors; therefore certifications can be taken more in considerations.

In complex chains, involving a great number of actors, consumers are not always are able to identify the producers of raw materials (Krucken L., 2008).

7.4-THE APPLICATION OF THE OPEN SOURCE APPROACH TOINITIATIVE'S DESIGNFrom the participants' motivations, willingness to cooperate or share capabilities or machinery a wide variety of design layouts and possibilities arise. Nowadays, an important enhancing catalyst could be the creation with a collaborative common project on the web (e.g. Similar to the participatory structure of Linux, GitHub, and Wikipedia), where participants share and benefit form knowledge- know how of general and specific issues regarding the supply chains components. This tool, organized as a platform to could help also to tailor specific regional-based projects, and help actors to meet. If properly exploited this could boost the speed of expansion of the hemp initiatives' networks thus creating considerable amount of production and relative benefits.This can involve all hemp application' sectors and specify value chains and be also useful to certifications, standards and correct methods and methodologies or even best practices as well as potentially becoming a reference for whoever interested in hemp, from customers to politics.The optimal scale and speed of development of such project can be regulated through feedbacks loops managed by the founding community or simple let work, since many successful open source initiatives find naturally their optimum configuration (Nielsen, 2010).Projects such as the Italian Toscanapa blog, Openhemp or the French/European Chanvre21-OpenHemp on GitHub have some oo thecharacteristics shown above1 but none of this seems to be a breakthrough for the industry nor they haven't yet arrived to a critical mass able to boost the sector, but are existing examples to look at.15

Therefore if not simply collaborative, at least the model design stage should be marked by open source approach (APPENDIX 21), with this research be the first academic source quoting this new potentials and engaging with the task of applying the open source characteristic to the hemp research.While the open paradigm can be used tmostrly in this design phase, open source harware can be used in the initiative, after law requirements on safety are met. This could abate costs assumed that the skills to build those tools or machinery are adequated and effective.

7.5-FOOD CROP AND NON FOOD CROP

Given the possible multiple environmental benefits while being economically profitable, a fundamental implication for the integrated model proposed is to match other food crops and non food crops (hemp is both) use in order to create adequate crop rotation,

15Toscanapa has a dedicated forum, Chanvre 21 have a dedicate GitHub page, while Openhemp aim to be a platform where stakeholders meet.

diversify the income sources and risks, expand the business activities to all year long and creating more local employment. Especially if organically grown, the potentials to have successful initiative such as a community supported agriculture project, box scheme, farmers or normal markets and so on can create a wider array of potentials, starting from being economically viable. Doubling in number and sales in recent years, western' farmer markets suggests that new ways to increase community identity and land use patterns exists and are viable. (McKibben, 2007)

Grain crops as like wheat or hemp and vegetable or fruit producers can merge them into effective rotations to increase their revenues, diversify their risk and maybe participate in supply chain initiatives which can generate. The adoption of hemp in crop rotations for grain crops can be seen as particularly interesting point for hemp's future since there is a lot of surface dedicate to it(e.g. Wheat). Farmers are always looking for a “low- maintenance“ and better rotational crops, will know that hemp can guarantee such benefits. The grater complexity arising can be act as a barrier since it requires careful planning , coordination and management, while if grown organically it might need more labor or marketing efforts too.

To form a better identity from the onset the model suggested could increase the value of their raw materials with the channels mentioned above but also though a small retail shop for healthy food or a restaurant, always with healthy and environmentally friendly attitude. The TBL ethos can ease relative branding and marketing efforts, while creating possible competitive advantage in both short-term and also in the long-run.The concept of food forest could represent a stimulating suggestion that can increase even more the attractiveness of the attributes of the initiative, where hemp can be part of.Its capacity to be extremely resilient and productive once at regime elevate the complexity burden, but prospect also increase resilience-building capacity. Potentially representing the most environmentally conscious solution (Figure 7-2).

Figure 7-2 Finding effectiveness, the dynamic between resilience and efficiency.(EMcA Foundation)

7.6- LOCAL (or not) RANGE OF ACTIVITIES (Related to question n° 3)

The aim of local initiative can have multi-faceted, multi-levelled benefits from building resilience in local economies with local employment.

Hemp haulage is one of the most pressing problems underlined by Rhydwen (2006) which suggested a 30 miles radius form the field to the processing plant. Excessive transportation is a feature on nowadays hemp markets, still a widespread practice, as example it possible to have cheaper hemp protein from Chine rather than UK. Equilibrium import 90% of the hurds for its products from France (Ronchetti,2014) or also British grownhemp insulation bats are manufactured in France for then coming back to the UK (Rhydwen, 2006). More local and reliable supply chains can improve TBL performances while addressing wider issues such as resource depletion or fossil fuels problems for health.The question n°3 of the questionnaire assessed what the major stakeholder opinionon the subject was (Table 7-3).

Results:

Complete responses Factual answer and suggestion

ShaunW.

Crew/Canada

No. we procure hemp seed from contracted farm producers across theCanadian Prairies and sell to customer globally.

JoeSpencer

/ U.S.no no

SteveAllin /

Ireland

My work is now truly international and therefore encompasses regions andnations where there is a great variety of geographic conditions. For

instance working in Australia, Canada and the USA makes you very awareof the vast distances between centers of habitation on these continentscompared to Europe or other smaller nations in smaller land-masses.

There has to be an understanding of the economics and energyconsiderations of transporting lightweight bulky produce long distances... Iwould estimate that a 50 mile/80 km radius is the maximum distance fromfield to factory of raw material. Obviously further down the production line,

more concentrated value is possible and it becomes viable to transportmaterials to downstream manufacturing. I often get requests from new

hemp companies especially in E Europe for connections to export marketsfor hemp hurds. I always answer by explaining that the real goal is to

develop local markets for products such as this and indeed most of thematerials they will produce.

At present it is not viable to transport straw or hurdling distances foranything other than demonstration projects. Fiber would also need to have

added value (such as carding or spinning) to make it worth transportinglarge distances to textile markets. Even seed for food is hardly worth

transporting over continents.

50 mile/80 km radius is the maximumdistance from field to factory of raw

material.

Hansvan derVorst /

Netherland

Our organization is focused on the Netherlands, so rather locally, say300km.

Netherlands (about 300km )

Nick No, no I sent stuff to north Scotland and to Guernsey no

Voase* /UK

DougFine /U.S

I think the tri-cropping model is modular and it can work for a single farm orit could work in counties in the U.S. we have that division, similar to

provinces; each can have its own facility. One place where the biomassgasification plant is working is Feltheim in Germany and their processingfacility controls not quite all the Bavaria but a good section around theirtown and communities around it and it provides all their energy just form

bio-waste, not hemp, but all kind of farm waste; so I don’t know if there is alimit, there was a plan for biomass gasification for Santa Fe county in NewMexico, they commissioned a plant, so it can get very big. One of the real

advantages is that it is distributed, it makes energy local, food local,business local and the money stays in the community so I don’t think the

model would really work nationally as example

County-province area

More or less???

PierreAmadieu/ France

Retrofitting, we think that the radius of the circle is about the distancefarmers will agreed to bring by its own means the straw to the process unit.Instead of Industrial processing lines that forecast firs in a circle of almost

50 km, then a circle of 100 km far as a maximum usually admitted. Asbuildings are located were the people live, that means that 80 % of the

needs are in the cities, when hemp is grown in the country side, that meansthat :

- if it is more obvious for local business to think dealing hemp on a widerbut concentric circle or hemp producing zone

- it is also possible to get a direct business and a close relationship withpartners located in a more distant area, while optimizing logistic of the

products

50-100 km

MihaŠtefe /

Slovenia

I do business in this world, it’s a small world and we are all connectedsomehow.

ValerioZucchini

/ Italy

When we talk about seeds let me say there are not limitations but if we talkabout the stalk a radius of 150 km is already a large radius.

From field to factory upper limit of 150 km

PaoloRonchett

i / Italy

The reality is that, if we want to do things we can't afford to,there is no maximum distance therefore we can answer tocalls to work form Russia or panama or Thailand, but also

calls from Sicily. To believe that everywhere could bepossible thee are no limits_; to be realistic distance is a big

barrier to us. What we are increasing to do is to limit thedistance is around 200/300 km to be efficient, to do not

waste time, labour force, money

Business range 200/300 km

DanielKruse /German

What exactly do you mean by distance? If you mean thedistance to customers, there is no minimum, nor maximum.

We deliver to all customers, no matter where they arelocated on the globe.

HanaGabrielo

và /Czech

Republic

The company is now based in Ceske Budejovice (Budweistown) which is 120 km from the farm. Last year I was goingthis distance every week two times there and back. Also I

have to go often to Prague which is 100 km from Farm and150 km from Budweis. So I travel a lot and for that reason I

want to move to Prague.

Business range 200/250 km

Table 7-3 Business range, of diverse major hemp stakeholders

7.7- THE CASE FOR COOPERATIVE (Related to question n° 4)

The vertical integration included in the proposed integrates supply chain model have somecommon points with some type of cooperative. The question was motivated by the need ofunderstanding if and how this organizational form apply to the hemp industry, knowing the French situation where the biggest hemp initiative is a cooperative (La chanvriere de l'Aube)and also being common in agribusiness sector and a promising field for future TBL organizations and community-centric models.(Bauwens, 2012)

7.7.1.NEW GENERTIONS CO-OPS

The cooperation, among species and also inter-species has shaped and helped evolution at least as much as the Darwinian competitiveness, as the work “mutual aid “of biologist Peter Kropotkin(10902) shows (Castro,2012).

Beginning from the ownership, co-ops can be held by individuals, sole-proprietors or large,complex businesses (Katz and Boland, 2002). Furthermore many different typology of co-ops exists but this form of organization's basic rules include open access with common purpose, one member one vote democratic approach (Katz and Boland, 2002), investmentshould not carry control and dividends distributed among members fairly, it also must include educational and social objectives and concerns for community plus it should cooperate with other co-ops. (Hopkins, 2011). Katz and Boland (2002) claims that traditional co-ops have been organisationally unchanged for the last 100 years.

Co-ops examples as consumers, workers, retailer, housing co-ops or mutual insurance societies can be successfully found (Nilsson,2001; Katz and Boland,2002) while Katz and Boland (2002) suggests that in the past this form of organization has thrived for more than 100 years, emerged most strongly in the 19th century (Bauwens, 2012) .

Nowadays, within this capitalistic economic system the co-ops sector is not of primary importance for growth-based countries but nonetheless have its relevance in term of involvement and diffusion.

Business owners organized through cooperatives are changing their strategic orientation (Katz and Boland, 2002). New form of co-ops (Table -) are emerging, which is partly related to the 2008 meltdown and the crisis of the neoliberal model (Bauwens, 2012).

Cohousing communities and housing cooperatives

Community-supported agriculture (csa) programs

Non for profit co-op

Municipal co-ops

Cooperative groceries

Parent-run cooperative preschools

Offices, studios, commercial kitchens, and other workspaces shared among multiple entrepreneurs

Community-wide tool lending libraries

Cooperatives that facilitate sharing of resources and collective bargaining by businesses (such as analpaca fibre

Co-op that processes and sells fur from hundreds of small alpaca farms.

Table 7-4 – New typologies of co-ops related to merging trends, especially the collaborative Economy,Bauwens (2012)

Management practitioners can be helped in designing and developing strategic plans to cope with changes if

they are able to understand why this change in co-ops forms is emerging and what are theimplications.

New generation co-ops16 (hereafter NGCs) (Katz and Boland, 2002) are strategically tailored to answer to firms need for flexibility. Starting form the main pros and cons of the classic co-op model (Appendix-09) this new model shows organizational improvement andbecome more adequate for the integrated supply chain model.

Table 7–5 Comparison of behaviours between traditional and new-generation co-operatives, (Katz and Boland,2002)

1621st Century Alliance http://www. 21st century alliance. com/A multi-purpose co-operative formed in the early 1 990s toinvestigate food and non-food supply chain integration opportunities.

American Crystal Sugar http.//www. crystalsugar. com/One of the oldest and largest new generation co-operatives, this company produces and market sugar made from sugar beets supplied by more than 2,500 members.(Katz and Boland, 2002)

This hybrid form explictly need a board that sets goals and a mangaer that have responsibility of consucting activities and achieve those goals (Katz and Boland,2002) withthis as one of the similarities with non-cooperatives organizations.(Table - )

because they have limited influence problems from small-scale owners, managers are able to react quicklyto market opportunities without the lobbying activity of minority stakeholders.

because NGCs require delivery contracts, supply levels are known and free-riders are eliminated thusallowing for the development of competitive strategies.

open investment encourages co-optation of the local environment.

restricted membership provides stability for producers, efficiency of resource allocation decision, and limitedhorizon problems.

diverse stakeholders ensure the interests of the community are considered.

Table 7–6 Similarities with non-cooperatives organizations. Katz and Boland, 2002

7.7.2 INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT IMPLICATIONS

Traditional co-operatives under-invest in management and over-invest in fixed resources thereby limiting the flexibility and strategic capabilities. (Katz and Boland, 2002) NGCs will be enhanced by a coherent type of management to ensure success, which is the integrated supply chain management described in this research.NGCs aim strongly to add additional value to the raw products being supplied by participants (Katz and Boland, 2002)and try to address the problems arising from resulted in typical under-investing in management of the co-operative (Katz and Boland, 2002), addressing the stakeholder conflict issue.Furthermore while traditional co-ops do not necessarily aim at profit maximisation strategies, NGCs address their competitive strategies including maximising total volume, customer utility or minimising costs.Regarding the free riders, horizon, portfolio, control and influence problems, this could leadto inflexible organisations and NGCs addresses those issues. (Katz and Boland, 2002)Therefore, it's central to clarify the mission of the organisation, its goals and strategies in order to be sure that those wishing to participate in the firm make their choice with full information and awareness (Katz and Boland, 2002). NGCs will need skilled managers in diversify and find innovative and new value-added strategies.Other fundamental skills in developing strategic alliances, interacting with the local business community to seek additional capital and support, and constantly monitoring the firm’s external context to understand the requirements for rapid answers will be increasingly necessary for competitive success. The role of the NGC board will be setting a course for the firm and hiring skilful managers to ensure effective and strategic renewal.“A well-developed board and skilful managers are the keys to future success.” (Katz and Boland, 2002)

The NGCs model fit the integrated supply chain management suggested for the hemp

value chain, potentially being a tailored organizational form for the supply chain and including the strong need for integrated supply chain management, thus enable a TBL result involving strong social ethos and involving local people through hemp supply chains,creating potentially less opportunistic behaviours and more involvement and motivations among members.

The respondents however did not answer at this innovative organizational form since the knowledge of this topic come along with the dissertation.

RESPONDANT ANSWER COMMENTS

We do not work with cooperatives. We do however promote our business and products through a number of trade organizations.

An example of how the marketing efforts can be cooperatively shared, even If not form co-ops

Joe Spencer /U.S.

We work with partnered hemp breeders, hemp farmers and distributors.

The “closer” relationship canbe seen as business motivation and possibility.

By this I presume you mean are co-operatives a good model for Hemp businesses. If we are to move away from the unsustainable model of shareholder driven objectives to more ecologically aware and community beneficial goals, co-operatives would seem a good idea. However I think there also needs to be a good understanding of the long-term goals of such an enterprise to make sure the members of such a co-operative are ‘on the same page’ so to speak. Otherwise there can be a lack of understanding of the collective responsibility of such enterprises. Theoretically a worker being involved at such a level in the business should be a good thing but I know that the Irish experience of agricultural co-ops established in the 50’s and 60’s around the dairy industry was of farmers being bored by endless meetings and burocracy.

Useful insights and perspectives on the co-ops issue

Hans van derVorst /

Netherland

Our organization is a non-profit organization that tries to stimulate cooperative relationship.

Underlining the importance of cooperation

Nick Voase* /UK

NO, none.

The farm itself have vertically expanded, from planting to selling of raw materials after decortication

Doug Fine / U.S

I would love to see if a community cooperative benefit from such facility, so it could be based on how much you provide; so if you provide 50 acres that’s your investment versus another farmer that provides 2000 acres or even 5 acres, your dividend comes from the amount you put in. I would love to see these facilities be community owned and community operated but the obstacles to that is the initial investment costs are pretty high so the people that can bring that in might more on the private entrepreneurialbusiness side of things. So we’ll see how it develops.

The answer highlight a potential model for partnership, through different acreages and also the upfront cost issues which can be solved if the members have good starting resource and assets.

Pierre 100,00% From “La chanvriere de L'

Amadieu /France

Aube”

I do business with all hemp lovers all around the world and can I try to find good in everybody.

Valerio Zucchini/ Italy

It is complicated to extend my work to a cooperative model, as I am a consultant and manufacturer. I can shareknowledge in cooperative model

The consultant's role of the respondents can be seen asa practical example of the new typology of skilled managers an integrated supply chain with NCG organizational form could have.

Paolo Ronchetti/ Italy

Our raw material provider is a cooperative, la chanvriere de l Aube, beside that not so much. We'd like to approach the agro industrial supply chain with a cooperative approach, but this is among the things we can't afford to do now, but we will keep it in mind for the future

Useful example on how even if the onset of the respondent initiative has been organized differently, the potentials of the cooperative form, even if as a supplier, are recognized

There are several cooperative relationships that we maintain. It is an essential part of certain business areas, for example in research and development. We also have close partnerships with firms for contract production and logistics.

Clear-cut example on how this organizational form can be useful to nowadays hemp businesses

HanaGabrielovà /

Czech Republic

With all our suppliers (products for trade or production) wehave friendly relationship... we know each other personally which helps to solve some problems which comes out. With the farmers we have above standards relations. They trust in our experience with growing and selling it. So they grow for us on demand and sell us the biomass production and we are processing it.

Mutual cooperation as a prerequisite for more “formal” cooperative relationship

Table 7-7 Degree of cooperative relationship operating in respondents' hemp initiative

8) THE FIRST MINIMAL ENVIRONMENTAL MODEL (Related to question n° 5)

Rhydwen (2006)'s research can be considered the starting point for the academic interest in organization and synergies to create reliable and working supply chains. The minimal environmental model for growing Hemp in the UK (Figure 8) is claimed to be the first explicit research towards the supply chain perspective as useful and promising way to bring hemp industries and benefits to thrive.

Figure 8- The minimal environmental model for growing Hemp in the UK , proposed by Rhydwen in 2006

The first wave of research created around mid-1990s the basis for Rhydwen research, contributing with coherent researches such as Francis (1996), where the environmental and economic potential for industrial hemp as an alternative and additional fibre source in Nova Scotia was assessed, or other feasibility studies were done across the globe.The pre-illegalization supply chain were completely different from nowadays’ one and the need to address key feasibility is nowadays a major industries if not the most important (Zucchini, 2014; Rhydwen 2014).This section will analyze Rhydwen minimal model, adding and refining the model itself,(Table 7-8) looking for bringing forward this crucial research field for future TBL organizations and supply chains.

Rhydwen minimal model Implementation for TBL, vertically integratedsupply chain model

1. The hemp should be grown organically as a breakcrop, sown to produce seeds, fiberand hurds (a dual crop)

Adequate rotations design should be elaborated enhancing participants planning (and number) and value added through resilient planning diversification.

2. The hemp should be dew retted and harvested using standard machinery

The retting issue have to be connected with the finaluse, according to the quality of the raw material needed. Even if standard equipment and machinery can be used, innovative alternative such as the CSS8 could be used. Among the improvement possible efficient, innovative or low tech alternatives

should be preferred, as Open source hardware.

3. Local processing plants should be at a maximum distance of 30km from the farm

The whole integrated supply chain could develop further, according to the scale of the business activities but the integrated aim of local contextualization of the initiative should be kept in mind. The rotations could involve many participants, in order to achieve high quality and benefits for hemp crops.This can represent another point in favour of clusters scale organization where local benefits are higher. Realistically speaking to be economically viable, especially at the beginning this radius can be expanded while if nearby markets can be created and maintained profitably this should be preferred in order to achieve TBL goals.

4. Biodiesel should be produced from the hemp seeds to supply farm machinery, andhaulage vehicles if possible

Central renewable energy plant to power tools, machineries and processing plants could be anotheralternative, better if community owned.The biodiesel refinery could raise the bar of the upfront complexity to solve and also regarding the costs related to the conversion of tractors and so on.Specific skills and resource planning and sourcing have to be carried out in both cases, that might depend strongly on local specificities (e.g. Pig farm nearby- biogas plant, wood mill wastes- excess hemp as biomass)

5. Hemp straw should be stored at the processing plant

This will require adequate structure, better if already existing and owned by participants to the supply chain. The modality of storage should also be assessed in order to maintain the quality reliability if needed.

6. Farming should be under contract to the processing plant to control supply to demand.The processing plant should hire farm machinery to reduce costs. Preferably the plantshould be part of an organic farm cooperative to boost the rural community

Beyond the discussion regarding the cooperative mode of organization the refined model proposed include in the design stage the mapping of potential farmers interested, to contact with offers to increase their value through hemp as a alternative or also main crop .The organic growing should be preferred even if it could be an initial barrier since to be certified organic a field have to be left without chemical for come years (three years in Italy).The hemp cluster /hub proposed could include othercommunity oriented activities such as visited (school) tours and lectures with lesson on how to behave sustainably, grow food or other TBL-related topic, for which subsidies could be also available; training courses and re-skilling could also be considered.

7. The seeds should be the main cash crop sold locally aimed at human and animalnutrition and used as a fuel source for bio-diesel

Hemp seeds can be first directed only to human consumption since they are extraordinarily nutritiousand maybe later given also to animals while the local markets for hemp food (e.g. Bakery products,

Oil, proteins) represent the one of the main goal of the new model proposed.Using hemp for bio-diesel should be assessed specifically in each context, especially if non human suitable oils are part of the residual production.

8. Hemp hurds should be sold to the construction industry to form hempcrete

The use of hurds can be matched with other hurds based products. Bricks, plasters (from which different quality of hurds are needed, form fine ones to more rough) are other appealing alternatives. For each application the tools, machinery and drying time need to be assessed carefully as well as potential markets. Furthermore local markets shouldbe aimed, in particular with design and build solutions.

9. Hemp fibers should be processed at local UK manufacturing plant to form pure hempinsulation bats using potato starch as a binder and borax as a fire and vermin retardant

The direction of Rhydwen model on the use of fibbers is the same of the proposed model, local manufacturing plant that process fibres sustainably. To stretch the supply chain and capture mare added-value the ownership of such a manufacturing plant could be considered.

10. Limestone should be mined locally within 100kmand burnt in wood / biomass kilnsto produce the lime for the hempcrete

Also this point is very similar for the proposed model. Local kilns could be built by the initiative that could also grow the biomass to power it and employ locals to run and manage it.Clay compounds with hemp should also be investigated and proposed and produced in order to diminish even more the impact of the initiative on thesurrounding environment,

Table 8- Refinement and Implementation suggested over the minimal model (Rhydwen, 2006), to create an integrated TBL model of hemp supply chain

1. the hemp should be grown organically as a break crop, sown to produce seeds, fiber And hurds (a dual crop)A trigger for IHVC could be its benefits as rotation crop, because it suppresses weeds and decreases outbreaks of insect and disease problems (Rhydwen, 2006). Hemp may also rebuild and condition soils by replacing organic matter and providing aeration through its extensive root system and guarantee also phytoremediation solutions.

Taking the dual crop approach could increases the financial stability of the crop as the seed are extremely valuable on their markets(Zucchini,2014) and it also enhances the environmental claims as fertilizer requirements for a dual crop are lower, especially in organic regimes where hemp could help directly and indirectly biodiversity.(Rhydwen,2006)

Hemp can be grown intensively or under organic principles. Intensive modern farming inMonoculture uses large amounts energy, destroys soil, produces pollution and waste and is responsible for widespread biodiversity loss. Organic farming on the other hand increases biodiversity, improves soil and produces far less pollution and waste.

Rhydwen give a quantitative example of the potential outcomes for the UK that should be considered elsewhere, maybe through mapping initiative to produce appealing overview on where it's possible to grow it:

“There are currently only ~60,000 hectares of arable organic land in the UK. If hemp was grown as break crop (1:3 rotation) on this land approximately ~110,000 tonnes of straw at 5.5 t/ha would be produced annually; ~82,500t of hurds and ~27,500t of fibre. This equates to ~10,000hemp homes of the size in the Haverhill housing project (90m2 wall space), and would lock up~22500t of carbon dioxide. As an average wall construction releases ~200kg of CO2 per m2 there is also a saving of 150,000t of carbon dioxide.”

In Italy, an exhaustive overview of the possible areas to use doesn’t exist yet but the analysis in figure 8-1,2 (Baldini et al.2013) can be another good example.

Figure 8-1 13,500 ha. Of cereal crops to exploit in order to introduce industrial hemp as a rotation crop, Italian example in the Canavese area, Piedmont region.Source Baldini et al 2014

Figure 8-2 495 ha. of not cultivated or abandoned areas to recover hemp cultivation in the same Canavese Area, Piedmont. Source Baldini et al 2014

Example as Baldini et al. (2013) and Rhydwen (2006) are useful example of large scale planning, and shows other aspect of the multidisciplinary needed to deal with Hemp supplychain issues, while each field characteristics and situations have to be assessed locally, dealing also with other established crops and farmers’ intentions and behaviors.

Ian Tolhurst, one of the most renewed and famous stock free organic grower in the UK suggest a crop rotation that could produce the best effect for soil's conditions and generatea stable rotations, where crops are grown as they should and create reliable and quality yields, although testing should be assessed.The rotation is longer than Rhydwen’s (2006) suggested 1:3, in fact is suggested 1:7 or 1:6 with crops with different root structure, requirements and effects on soil fertility.The needs for constant supply of hemp raw materials could therefore require that many farmers or fields are involved, to establish an adequate amount of quality material.Currently the biggest hemp grower and processor in the UK, KJ Voase and son, have a 1:2 and are thinking to shift towards a 1:3 rotation where they will add other crop to wheat.

Even if this research does not address the agricultural implications of such extensive crop rotations implications, the specific knowledge, planning capability and furthermore agricultural skills needed to grow it are not easy as the plant capacity to grow well and fast.Plenty of information can be found in Tolhurst () Bouloc et al.(2013) Meakin( 2007) and Benhaim et al. (no date) works.Apart from these crop rotations considerations, other relevant stakeholder suggests the dual cropping method as ideal to maximize value from the crop. Zucchini ' innovative CSS8 machinery is specifically tailored to cope with seed harvesting needs and then it prepares the stems to be further decorticated. Zucchini (2014) and Benhaim (2014) also personally suggest that dual crop is the way forward for hemp-entrepreneurs.Fine (2014)'s also points out that the use of hemp for fibers and hurds, seeds and to produce energy should be investigated, calling it tri-cropping, Even if the perspective is

surely appealing the technical, economical and environmental and managerial implicationsmust be carefully kept in mind while designing this model, since using hemp unsustainablydoes not led to its beneficial potentials and values.

2. The hemp should be dew retted and harvested using standard machineryThe retting process, like fermentation, is one of the oldest known biotechnologies (Bouloc et al., 2013).This process produces partial breakdowns of pectin as well as degradation of hemicelluloses and the interpolymer bond of the parietal system (Bouloc et al., 2013).The phenomenon, driven by population of microorganism has yet to be fully understood but in general se of enzymes or chemicals appear to fail to reproduce the natural process (Bouloc et al., 2013).Retting could allow fibers to be easily removed or also damage them if the over-retted or create manufacturing issues if under-retted. Other characteristic of the process affects the color of the straw and hurds (Bouloc et al., 2013)The classical dew retting versus the use of chemical treatment use depends on the final scope for the hemp products, availability of particular technology, economic capability and environmental concerns since chemical or artificially biological processes can have low environmental credentials. Le troudec et al. (2008) suggests that experiments are under way to estimate the impact ofchemical treatments onto the mechanical properties of composite materials, as example obtained from mixtures of lime and hemp fibre bundles.

HARVESTINGStandard machinery, possibly shared among members, can be useful to lower upfront costs.A recent innovative contribution has been given by the CSS8 (meaning Combining Swathing Stripping) by Valerio Zucchini (2014). It represents a proof on how the industry isre-creating the feasibility condition for hemp supply chain to strive. Even if it's innovative machinery, the technological level came from efficient soviet machinery combinedTo produce one effective, innovative and extremely useful machinery is possible; it could reduce the need for other machinery and avoiding also several heavy tractors passing several times on the soil compressing it too much. The fuel reduction and related externalities could be another positive outcome of using this “strategic” machinery for dual cropping.At the moment of writing the machinery is undergoing the final laboratory tests and it will be soon be available for practical testing.

Figure 8-3 The CSS8 , by Valerio Zucchini is one of the most innovative tool suggested to increase cost-efficinnt hemp supply chains, as it's tailored or dual cropping purposes (www.valeriozucchini.com)

3. Local processing plants should be at a maximum distance of 30km from the farmThe distance suggested for the processing plant from the farms involves a strongly based local manufacturing and consumption. Here again the design and planning phases of the supply chain is central, where emphasis is given to local partners to obtain local distance-driven benefits.Further markets to sell finished products can be considered, possibly with a TBL approach rather that only a, market based one, even if the financial feasibility of the initiative should be considered.The mapping and involvement of participants is a major supply chain design topic especially in the long term and considering the different necessary trade-offs. 4. Biodiesel should be produced from the hemp seeds to supply farm machinery and haulage vehicles if possibleGrain and seeds crops (e.g. corn, wheat, sugar cane, hemp and cereals are often used to produce Bioenergy). These feedstock (directly) and their arable land (indirectly) are in competition with food production creating a threat to food security. (Rehman et al., 2013) Generally, if energy crops are to become viable alternatives to replace fossil fuels as source for heat, power or vehicle fuel, their entire supply chain must have higher energy output than input (Prade et al., 2012). Basic technology as the bio-refineries17, the skills fordesigning, planning and the investment necessary for the conversion of tractor and other

17Bio refineries as example are factories that convert biological feedstock into different co-products. They supply many industries: the pharmaceutical industry uses their chemicals; and the construction, clothing and automotive industries use their fibres and composites. Bio plastics are often used for packaging or to make products. The food and cosmetics industries use waxes, fats and essential oils made in bio refineries. Bio refineries also produce energy and fuels, though this is not always their central function. (Glew, 2013)

vehicles, for converting farming equipment and producing biodiesel from hemp is not assessed in this research but alternatives, educated guesses are proposed.

The rationale to create a centralized power plant (heat and electricity as well, better if community benefits from this) is to create a carbon neutral supply chain while enhancing the resilience and economic benefits of local community as well. This section highlights basic information regarding hemp as biodiesel and as solid biomass among other uses. The first to ass information on Rhydwen (2006) model the second to inform the currently most easy-to-set-up use of hemp as fuel.Lignocelluloses biomass (LCB) could be considered a better as feedstock for Bioenergy over grain based energy crops because LCBs increase arable land use efficiency and do not compete with food crops, especially of they have high yields per hectare (Rehman et al.,2013).

Soil health is a fundamental factor that increases yields of energy crops, and it can be sustained by tailoring adequate crop rotation. Few crops with characteristics are available and hemp is emerging as one of the most adequate plant to be an alternative to conventional food crops for the production of Biofuel (Rehman et al., 2013).According to Rehman et al. (2013)“Hemp exhibits many salient features like low feedstock cost, high biomass content, high land use efficiency, higher dry matter (DM) yield, low nutrients requirement, no/zero pesticide demand and can improve soil health with organic matter, It can be effectively grown in diverse climates and can be used in organic crop rotation “Hemp produces high biomass as well as hemp oil; therefore, it can be used for a wide array of energy uses(Figure 8-4,5), as the production of Bioethanol, biogas, Biohydrogen, solid fuel, and biodiesel.

Figure 8–4Simplified diagram showing the hemp use as energy source ,edited by the author, source Glew 2013

Hemp Biomass

Figure 8-5- Possible bioenergy pathways based on hemp biomass (Rehman et al., 2013)

Figure 8-6 Production pathways to liquid and gaseous fuels from biomass and, for comparison 2 from fossil fuels (adapted from Turkenburg et al., 2012, GEA, 2012, Chapter 11). (IPCC,2014),

Glew (2013) suggests that Hemp biorefineries could operate carbon neutrally depending on their end of life scenarios. The HELCA118 assessment in his PhD suggests that using energy onsite reduces GHG emissions and anaerobic digestion with CHP, ethanol conversion and anaerobic digestion with electricity generation have the next largest GHG

18 HELCA is a 'process' based LCA tool rather than an 'IO' or 'hybrid' based assessment since it is intended for use by both bio refinery operators and policy makers. HELCA addresses an essential gap in the current carbon accounting of biomaterials and may be a useful tool to promote the concept of complete life cycle or cradle to cradle GHG assessments. (Glew, 2013)

reductions above composting. The comparison of net energy yields and energy output-to-input ratios for production of heat, power and vehicle fuel from industrial hemp has been assessed through four scenarios19 for hemp biomass in Prade et. al. (2012); The results were compared with those of other energy crops such as maize, sugar beets for biogas production and the perennial crops willow, reed canary grass and miscanthus for solid biofuel production concluding that Hemp is an above-average energy crop with a large potential for yield improvements and with intresting perpectives.Furthermore net costs of anaerobic digestionare negligible with onsite energy production and ethanol conversion that could generate net revenues (Glew, 2013) since Industrial hemp has high biomass and energy yields (Prade et al., 2012 ;). Discussion of the methods, technical and economical feasibility and characteristic need to be analyzed further. Specifically tailoring the solutions to a particular site and to its resources. Nonetheless the discussion around the minimal environmental model (Rhydwen, 2006) and the implementation suggested by this research briefly expose the issues involved. Starting from the biodiesel's steps presented in figure 8-7 .

Figure 8–7 The steps to produce seed based bio-diesel, it has virtually identical power output and fuel economy to fossil-fuel based diesel and produces less smoke, no sulphur dioxide and significantly reduces carbon monoxide emissions. (HempFuel,Benhaim, no date))

Hemp briquettes represents the current most likely use of hemp as biomass since inthe decorticated processing plant produce the necessary material as a by-product. The log, as example, is made from fine hemp particles that are separated during the fiber

19The four scenarios are (I) combined heat and power (CHP) from spring-harvested baled hemp, (II) heat from spring-harvested briquetted hemp, and (III) CHP and (IV) vehicle fuel from autumn-harvested chopped and ensiled hemp processed to biogas in an anaerobic digestion process

extraction process.

These particles can be bagged as granular animal litter or soil enrichment but more generally is compressed at 60°C into a cylindrical log or pellets. No chemicals are used during the purely mechanical fiber extraction process and the hemp logs contain no additives (Benhaim, no date). While briquettes' size implication for different technologies isnot treated in this research, the design and location processes must take this into account and create spaces where safety, modularity, versatility and effective use are guaranted.The logic of the scalability and exportability also suggest a first, not principal use and approach to hemp energy since if the alimentary and building purposes of the crop have tobe principal. Other main efforts in land, coordination, investments and capabilities are needed if the bigger scale of the hemp energy potentials have to be achieved, the gasification purposes for the processing facilities and other nearby direct energetic request, can be imagined independent from the grid is big hectares, but this would scale up also all other harmful components involved in its whole supply chain's steps.Another possibility is represented by the smaller scale use of hemp processing by-product as logs or pellets.This can create more local jobs, depending on the amount of the different locations, and intent, purposes.Thus development of hemp logs, briquettes, pellets adequate technology, to produce materials which are suitable for burning on wood and coal burning stoves could be a profitable research to carry on in the coming years.Logs high calorific value of over 15 MJ/kg means that the heat generated during burningmatches or exceeds that of well-seasoned timber.(Benhaim no date).The hemp used to make the logs could be specifically grown sustainably using high yield variety such as the Carmagnola.The logs could also be marketed as sustainable if not used for personal usage. They are carbon neutral since the emissions released to the atmosphere during combustion could be equivalent to the carbon fixed during the growth of the crop (Benhaim, no date).Then Hemp produces a quantity of ash which is somewhere between wood and coal. This ash contains soil-improving nutrients that are good for the garden. Thus adding importance to its sustainability claims.A fundamental part of future resilient community infrastructure is the possibility to generate and control its own energy. (Hopkins, 2011)Each situation will require different conditions and will have different resource and requirements. Generally after forming a group that will carry on the project and building community support the feasibility studies have to be made.Designing the project and securing the site by lifetime leasing or owning it follows while planning permission and finally financing the project are the last steps in order to have community energy projects. ESCOs or private initiative later opened to the community are other possibilities, while patient and commitment are surely major component of each project.

5. Hemp straw should be stored at the processing plantThe model proposed also suggests that hemp is stored, prepared then processed and packaged at the processing plant. In order to minimize transportation, possibly create localemployment and maintain high the quality of the products, thus enhancing the competitive advantage.Facilities to store the seeds and machinery to dry the raw materials could also be added to the model, always better if closed to the processing/packaging site.

6. Farming should be under contract to the processing plant to control supply to demand. The processing plant should hire farm machinery to reduce costs. Preferably the plant should be part of an organic farm cooperative to boost the ruralcommunityThe network of farmers necessary to create, control and manage demand of hemp raw materials to supply a processing plant can vary a lot and should be assessed every time, in every circumstance.The size of the processing plant, the markets for hemp products and the entrepreneurial inclination of the initiative can boost the number of farmers, and land, involved in the supply chain. Each situation carries also different organizational structures and needs according to their aim. Therefore each area studied for creating a supply chain must be carefully assessed, also in the light of future expansions.The farming, processing and final manufacture can help rural areas but creating more vertically integrated chains can create new jobs and benefits for those local areas.The example of a central energy plant that serves both the initiative and the community can be considered relevant examples on how to boost stakeholder value.

7. The seeds should be the main cash crop sold locally aimed at human and animal nutrition and used as a fuel source for bio-dieselFurthermore the seeds should be processed to enhance their value, oil, flour, bakery product should be sold at a local level, such as in a small shop or through C.S.A. or box scheme, while adding the vegetable and fruit production to the farm will create big competitive advantages creating as well new jobs . A restaurant with local-organic-healthy hemp-based food can be a great catalyst of attention and popularity if well managed, spreading wellbeing through sustainable products and ethos.

8. Hemp hurds should be sold to the construction industry to form hempcreteHempcrete, hemp bricks, renders, plasters and clay-hemp plasterboards can be the main focus for hurds within the specialist construction company, vertically integrated to the supply chain.After a qualitative and effective decortication the tools and machinery needed can vary a lot. When hurds are ready to be used (adequate thickness and mixture components) the can be sprayed while to produce plasterboards or hemp brick other machineries are needed. The company, to be really competitive and achieve relevant impacts into the built environment should offers also design and build solution using timber or other environmental responsive materials as well.From this wide array of possibilities each situations will determine the layout of the usage.Furthermore if partnership with architects or engineers, builders can be created, or set up with existing innovative building companies to create even more vertical integrated supply chains that can capture more value, enhance quality and possibly reduce costs, providing environmental responsive materials and hemp-based solutions, especially for renovations and local markets.

9. Hemp fibers should be processed at local UK manufacturing plant to form pure hemp insulation bats using potato starch as a binder and borax as a fire and vermin retardantWhile the details of the hemp insulation processing plants are briefly shown below, this is another possible expansion of the model representing a great source of added value for

hemp materials.To produce hemp wool, the hemp fibers are joined together using heat-fusible fibers, usually polyester. The procedure demands uniform mix of the two fibers used to create a well-aerated mattress or bats. This products can be marketed as “environmentally friendly”as they use mostly renewable materials, have low embodied energy, it can encourage agriculture and rural economies, is safe and easy to handle on the building site and can bebiodegradable and recyclable and above all, have good insulating characteristics..

The proportion of the heat-fusible fibers is relevant to the quality and reliability of the end product, influencing the proportion of the heat-fusible fibers.

Then the mattresses are created with pneumatic carding, or mechanical production machinery, passed on two rollers and an oven (Bouloc et al, 2013)

The fiber price is dependent on quality (ADAS 2005) and if Hemp is grown is dual crop regime the fiber produced are of a non-woven quality and can be used for applications like insulation bats (Rhydwen, 2006).The Fiber required quality is lower than the one for textile applications, therefore this can mean lower expenses for sourcing the raw material and easier task for farmers since they can dew retted and over retted fibres (Huatala 2004, Rhydwen, 2006)

For best results the fibres should be of consistent length, clean (of shivs) to a high degree (less than 3%) and well retted so that the fibres are fine and divide easily. The insulation properties are largely determined by the fineness of the fibres. This determines how much air is trapped in the matrix. Strength and color are not such important issues. (Gilbertson 2004)

10. Limestone should be mined locally within 100km and burnt in wood / biomass kilns to produce the lime for the hempcreteThe local kiln could be a possibility for housing co-ops, committed community or in particular situation, it can be linked to local cultural heritage or renovated from abandoned one. It requires being close to the source of Lime, carefully designed and its energy sourceassessed. Also the clay sourcing can be considered, and this could become particularly interesting for specific works of the abovementioned design and build company, such as fine hemp shivs and clay interior plasters which could be, if locally sources, very environmentally friendly . This could require up- or reskilling but represent surely an interesting business opportunity for future building initiatives.

8.1 CONSIDERATIONS ON PERCIEVED GAPS BETWEEN REALITY AND IMPLEMENTATIONSThe distance between the minimal environmental model and the supply chain proposed and the reality can vary greatly, especially if we consider different locations with different assets, characteristics and different people needs and goals.

Regarding this comparison during the years of Rhydwen model' s research, 2004-5, Hemcore was the only producing processor of hemp in the UK, their growers were spread across the country to supply the processing plant in Essex. Biodiesel wasn't nor produced nor used and they grew hemp only for fibre. Only one was an organic grower while they

exported a

All the fibre they produce to Germany and France. Hemp hurds was sold as well as animalbedding in heavy duty plastic bags (M. Duckett Hemcore: personal communication 2006 quoted in Rhydwen, 2006).

Recently Hemcore, from leader of the market has failed and today, many other unsuccessful hemp organizations has crashed with the many barriers the markets and laws issues in EU.Other cases include an expensive pilot project for textile in Italy (Zucchini,2014), Cooperatives in France (Amadieu,2014) which underline the dynamic andadaptability required to stay in business today.

Another major reality today is the success of Canadian hemp food markets or the hemp food Australia Company which have been able to create expanding markets due to customer’s satisfaction and quality of product offered.

The question in the questionnaire reflects briefly the major up and down sides of being in the hemp business. (Table 8-2)

PROS OF RESPONDENTS ACTIVITY CONS OF “ “Important topics confirmed

from the respondents

ShaunW. Crew/Canada

The main pro is that we offer the largestmanufacturing and processing capacity in

the world for hemp food products andingredients.

The con of our business would be finding moreeffective ways of marketing hemp foods to the

mass market consumers

-the field of marketingeffectiveness is a hot topic, as demonstrated by the

hempchallenge4(particularly

awareness);

JoeSpencer

/ U.S.We are extremely scalable. /

-scalability as a businesspotential;

SteveAllin /

Ireland

The pros are being able to help peopleand communities make plans that aremore focused and therefore realistic.

Many people have extremely idealisticideas of what Hemp can do especially inthe short term. Like any industry it usually

takes many years to develop and withhemp we are at a disadvantage in that inmany ways we are having to start fromscratch or compete with other industries

that have the momentum (even ifdeclining) that is hard to catch up with.

So the cons are that we need investment at atime when real resources are being put intocrazy futures such as shale gas and tight oil

instead of renewable. Many aspects of what istermed overseas aid for developing countriesby the richer nations is often only to facilitatethe robbing of resources to keep the 1st worldon it’s destructive trajectory. Likewise the largecorporations lobby to divert funding away fromnational government spending on sustainableobjectives. (See Al Gores book “The Futurewhere in the last chapter he basically states

that there is no such thing as democracyanymore only corporate lobbyists.)

This negatively impacts on my business in thatit is very hard to get paid for what is, I think,extremely important work in making really

sustainable plans.

-community focus forfuture possibilities;

-realistic approach on

ongoing challenges versusidealistic view of hemp

industries;

Hansvan derVorst /

Netherland

Pros: a very challenging varied workingfield. With much to be discovered and

developed.Sustainability, health, quality, innovation.

Cons: no cons.-highlight of the ongoing

research anddevelopment needs;

NickVoase* /

One of the biggest issues is the number ofdifferent products that we can produce;

we have to be able to sell them all, moreequally. I could go out and sell out more

shiv but then I will have a massivestockpile of fibres, so is progressing all

Market, there is not a develop one yet -hemp versatility andrange of products;

- lack of established

markets;

bits together, so we don't fill sheds up withmaterials

-inventory issues relatedto downstream retail

activities;

DougFine /U.S

I think the seed side it’s going to be easy,since the big growing demand, on theyenergy side the gasification really works

and it is not that expensive, so downsideswould be a lack of fiber processing

experience, and anytime you enter in anew industry is a great unknown so it has

to be people that are going to beimplementing this have to be able to think

on their feet and make rapid decisions,markets can change, when I did an

interview with the head of HempFlax, theDutch processing company he said “every

year it comes out new things to do withthe hurds, adapt to new markets is theonly way to survive” so it is just normalpain of a new growing business. What I

love most about it the next step afterglobal unsustainable globalization, I have

got no problem with global trade if it issustainable, but quite a lot of global tradeare not sustainable and so the really big

advantages is that it creates a localsustaining industry for individualcommunities where they can be

successful from a financial standpoint butalso taking care of their soil and

themselves, providing food and energywhich are security issues because if you

produce your energy locally you don’thave the problems of the central grids that

are far away and you don’t pay utilitiesbills, in the U.S. the utility companies aremostly private and running for profit, notfor the benefit of the community and that

is another advantage.

Downside is that it is new and it has not beentried before, we also at least in the states, wedon’t have an established market for fiber yet

-lack of market for fiber;- relatively young industrywith dynamics markets;-seed crop's potentials;-gasification as future

potential;- need for more

community emphasis;- hemp potential for

sustainable development;-TBL potential for

businesses

PierreAmadieu/ France

As I am a free lance consultant by now, Iam free, but in the mean time I ‘ve got a

lack of means/ /

MihaŠtefe /

SloveniaI love hemp so I love my business.

It’s nice to find farmers that are willing to planthemp but the problem is that there is no

common market to sell hemp on.

- personal commitment fordoing business as addedvalue for the extra milenecessary to the hemp

industry;-Lack of established

markets

ValerioZucchini

/ Italy(The market)...t is growing fast.

The market is not ready yet. Years ago it wasan important market for panel but the new

rules regarding acoustic insulation stopped theincreased the fiber panel industry, since they

requested more density, therefore morematerial that equal to more costs and the

results stopped the developments.

- lack of establishedmarkets;

-developing markets;- law as driver for hemp

markets;

PaoloRonchetti / Italy

Exceptional quality and performance ofhemp based products, the clear hemp

strengths from the environmental,economical and social perspective...

future proof.

The building sector is very conservative andnot so much incline to innovation, and in

currently undergoing crisis. Another aspect isthe dependency from foreign supply chains,

with associated transportations costs and thelimited dimensions which does not enable yetto invest properly in R&D, plants or marketing

as well

-future proof quality;-high performance of the

products;-building sector as

conservative;-dependence for distant

supply chains;-lack of resource/support

for R&D;

DanielKruse /German

One of the main pros of our business isour core product – hemp. The pros of

hemp, speak for themselves. Another prois there are not very many big actors on

the market yet and it is not hard to get anoverview of activities and developments

on the market. This however is changing,the industry is growing. Society is

becoming more aware of the environment,its own health and the need for

sustainability. These factors play to ourcompany’s and products’ strengths.

As a con, I would mention legal and formalthresholds that sometimes complicate

processes in the hemp industry. This is partlydue to the historical background of the plant

and partly due to general ex-/import orbusiness rules and regulations. Another con is

the lack of knowledge about hemp amongpotential customers.

-high performance of theproducts;

-developing markets;

- still low knowledgebarriers for market

entrance;

- law as driver for hemp

markets;

-awareness issue;

HanaGabrielo

và /Czech

Republic

The demand for hemp flower production isgrowing so we don't have problem to sell

The weak side of actual situation is that thereare no standardization even the clear

legislation for what we are doing.

-developing markets;--law as driver for hemp

markets

Table 8-1 Main pros and cons of the current business according to major stakeholder opinion

BASIC CONSIDERATION ON COSTSIndustrial hemp production must be profitable from an economic standpoint to be a viable alternative crop (Vantreese V.L.,1998) since it must be competitive not only with other fibreand oil substitutes, but with other production alternatives as well.

This section gives some information regarding respondents' opinions on major costs, whileif we consider a single business or an entire vertically integrated supply chain we must bear in mind that adequate business modelling and planning should be carried out, involving all the different agronomics costs, possible revenue and relative market forecastsand analysis, break even point, return on investments and so on

Respondent

Biggest upfront cost Variable costs highlights

Shaun W.Crew

/Canada

The largest up front costs we have experiencedis with financing our current 37,500 sq. ft. expansion.

We are able to control the variable costs quite well on a year to year basis by contracting our raw material (hemp seed).

-Land;

-Contracting as financially efficient;

JoeSpencer /

U.S.Harvesting and processing equipment. -Machinery and equipment;

When it comes to the construction business it would be in plant purchase such as mixers, shuttering or spray machinery. However in the current insurance driven paradigm it is the testing and certification of materials especially binders for hempcrete, that is prohibitively expensive for all but the largest of corporations.A cost of 100’s of thousands of Euros or

-Machinery and equipment;

-Testing and certifications;

-Insurance;

pounds to get a products given an agreement certification is out of the reach of most and as this also implies that a proven material will haveto be transported large distances from a factory.Local thinking is where we should be focusing not centralized globalised manufacturing with the massive transport costs involved.

- Transportation costs(logistics);

Hans vander Vorst /

Netherland Inapplicable, not relevant. /

Nick Voase*/ UK

you are looking at it, The fibre processing machinery

Doug Fine /U.S

PierreAmadieu /

France

Acquiring knowledge and know howAcquiring a hemp straw processing line

Variable costs? Processing? Logistics?High investment should give you lower variable cost for processing hemp, but you’rein an industrial scale with high logistic cost (cause hemp products are light)Low investment might give you higher variable cost for processing hemp, but you’rein an local scale business with low logistic cost

-Knowledge and know-how;

--Machinery and equipment;

- Transportation costs(logistics);

The busted costs are the land to pant on and the machines to process the hemp.

-Land;

--Machinery and equipment;

ValerioZucchini /

ItalyTravels.

Regarding the variables at the moment I have lot of cost s due to aprototype machine not ready for themarket.

-Testing and certifications;

-Travels;

PaoloRonchetti /

Among the fixed ones there is the pump for the building sites, the machinery to print the bricks and the rent of warehouses and services needed transportation as well.

Variable costs, and the most important one is the labour costs and that's very relevant, especially if you are in a start-up situation.

-Workforce (building sector)

DanielKruse /

Germany

Machinery has been the biggest upfront investment but...

..IT and telecommunication is connected to high costs as well.

-IT and communication;

HanaGabrielovà /

CzechRepublic

The higher costs are the work of the people during the harvest on the field because we part of the harvest doing by hands.

-Workforce (agriculture)

Table 8-2 Major upfront costs and variable ones according to the respondants

As thought before the research machinery and equipment are the major costs for a hemp supply chain, while also if innovative products are developed certification and testing costscan be a barrier. Travelling, knowledge and It communications figure out a non expected costs components while they could be determinant in some role within the hemp industry.Then transportation costs are also slowing down the markets and business while the land could also be a relevant factor for hemp businesses.

8.2 CONCLUSIONS THE FUTURE OF HEMP: SEEDS FIBRES AND HURDSThe future of hemp industry is a dynamic and ever-changing field since most of its industries are at their first stages. Specifically to what the model propose the building Industry have great potentials of expansion.While the alimentary fields seems to approach a more mature phase and it's probably the most appealing sector for the years to come, because the range of products that could be made and the relatively low entrance barriers, especially regarding costs.As mentioned, the food markets are exapnding, and Currently there is a general trend in food scince that links more food and health as well as many cases of food as healer and affordable way to prevent future diseases (Cifuentes,2013) .The respondents answers highligth some likely ongoing trends for the hemp markets.

RESPONDANT

ANSWER COMMENTS

The hemp food industry in North America has experienced doubledigit growth every year over the past decade. We see this growth

continuing for at least the next 5 years.

-Confirmation that the Canadianalimentary market is achieving maturity

and is still expanding;

Joe Spencer /U.S.

Continue to scale the cultivation and to expand processing of rawhemp into finished products.

-Confirmation that the Canadianalimentary market is achieving maturity

and is still expanding;

-Need for adding value to the crop;

I think all these products have to be produced for fairly localmarkets in the long term. There will be potential for exporting foodproducts for a while but even now supplies from Canada cannot

keep up with demand especially from the USA for Hemp foodespecially organic produce.

If cotton supplies continue to be reduced due to the damagecaused by GMO production for the soil or people then hemp and

flax will have to fill the gap so there is great potential there, As for shiv it is not realistic to transport the raw material and so the

local markets for construction will have to be developed or othersectors with possibilities will have to be put in place. At present Ithink that the potential of making batteries with Hemp meshes

instead of Graphine is a major possibility.

-Local potentials of hemp products(withlong-term perspective);

-Alimentary markets are expanding;

--Confirmation that the Canadian

alimentary market is achieving maturityand is still expanding;

-Potential for sustainable development byhemp and flax instead of cotton for textile

applications;

- Shivs for local building initiative or other

-Innovative use of hemp derivates (as

Graphene substitute in Batteries);

Hans van derVorst /

Netherland

Being a non-commercial organization, Kalkhennep Nederland,hopes and expects to be an important, independent platform for

everyone who is involved in building with lime hemp in theNetherlands.

- Expansion of respondents activity (morebuilding initiative in the Netherland)

Nick Voase* /UK

Demand side have to grow -Demand side have to grow ;

Doug Fine /U.S

PierreAmadieu /

France

Fibres for bio based composites reinforcement, insulation and sometextiles

Shiv for building in new dedicated hemp building systems

Seeds for food, milk, tofu, hulled seeds, flour, oil and seeds forcosmetics

I am creating a hemp exchange on the internet so people will beable to purchase hemp material form all over the world from

different suppliers and we are creating a common place here inSlovenia where farmers can buy hemp seeds to plant and then webuy them back and process it so a farmer has a place to sell the

hemp he grows…

- Online hemp community / purchasingplatform;

-Physical hemp hub for sales ;

Seeds:The tri column of course that are leading the food industry seed

leafs and extract from seed or flower should become a greatmarket, while the building industry is the major perspective for thehurds and fibers that were years ago the major scope for hemp but

nowadays is the least.

I don’t believe on developed techniques, rather simple one asinsulation bats or mulching mats. Bioplastics asks clean fiber and is

on the same way.

Alimentary applications form Seeds,Leaves and flower extracts;

-Building application secondary respect to

alimentary ones;

-Easier manufacturing first, as bats andmulching bats or bio plastic, all of which

requires clean fibres;

PaoloRonchetti /

Two perspectives are relevant. One, speaking about the Italiansituation, if the National legislation will come into be, the normativemovement will achieve concrete results in the next 6-12 months, I

expect a strong increase in the agro-industrial sectors, bothagriculturally and industrially speaking and also regarding end-products because there will be a national signal, and it will be a

trigger, since, having created the premises for the building sectorand the alimentary field a relevant series of investment will start. Idoubt that these investments will have success since there is theneed of time to allow the markets to create the adequate demand,therefore to have, as example, enough hemp shivs to satisfy the

sector's requirements. Or even to justify totally a single processingplant's output time is needed.

I fear that also that if the law will enable those investments, thegrowing demand side will cannibalize itself in front of the not yet

ready markets.I also keep an eye on what happened around Europe, where the

various experiences of industrial approach to supply chain are notfunctioned well in recent years (Germany, UK, France...) and this

sound a little alarming.The most realistic perspective it might be the one that see Industrialhemp as one of the many supply chain of the agro industrial sector,

that develops its products in niche markets, where it can have arelevant role. Not as the one-plant solutions to every country's

needs and problems, for sure.

Within the building sector there are lot of dots to connect, starting

from knowledge and markets development to understanding,innovation R&D of new application of bio-composites. It would not

be so immediate the spread diffusion of this system on a largescale.

As example in France 40.000 cubic metres of hemp shivs intobuilding sector, in Italy last year there was 1/20th of those amount ,

around 2000 m3 while this year we have increased it by 40%.So it is to say that there is lot to do, Confronting the two situations,

only the 20% of hemp shives goes into the building sector so tounderline the relevance of those numbers. And this reality should

be considered when considering the status quo.

-Law and regulation issues can boost the

industries both agriculturally andindustrially;

-First alimentary and building sector then

other sectors will follow;

-More production will fill the growing

demand, especially in the building sector;

-Law as trigger could create a bubble that

will readily bust if demand side do notgrows as well;

- Part of the wider transition not the plant

that “could save the world “rapidexpansion as most likely near future

perspective;

-Knowledge, Markets, Innovation and R&D

to develop further to fully exploit thebuilding sector;

-France, the major European hemp playerdo not yet exploit the building sector

application as it should, other countrieslike Italy do even less;

I surely see the industry and market for hempgrowing. Right now most hemp businesses show

sales growth rates of 25-30% yearly. There is alreadya wide variety of uses of the different parts of the

plant. Research and development is being conductedin all areas of science and technology, as well as

food, feed and pharmacy. I believe all areas will growbut the use and processing of seeds is technologically

-General growing trend;

-Current fast expansion;

-R&D could trigger hemp industries;

-Alimentary sector as the most ready to

expand its markets;

closer to maturity.

HanaGabrielovà /

CzechRepublic

This year we are going produce the shiv and fiber onold machine what we bought from Poland... if

everything goes well also multiplicate seeds forsawing. So first half of the year we will start to processthe production from 25 ha from last year and later wewill process the new year production probably from 60

ha. The multiplication we want to start because thedemand for the seeds growing so fast that the

breeders doesn't have capacity to produce enough bythemselves.

-Current fast expansion;

-Alimentary sector as the most ready to

expand its markets;

Table 8-3Future perspective on seeds, shivs and fibres markets for the near future

8.3 CONCLUSIONS THE FUTURE OF THE INDUSTRIAL HEMP: THE THC ISSUEThe profitability of the market is surely an appealing issues while the regulatory framework also play a fundamental role, for medicinal and recreative markets but especially for patients who are currently not being allowed to cure them self properly.Critics claim that hemp could be a means to legitimize narcotic use and refute its contribution to sustainability , but much more agreement occur against the so called “war on drugs” and its negative effects, often going the opposite direction of the original intention.Although is clear that, beside the Rastafarian religion, the is a culture around the cannabis plant, many still think that could be compared to other far more dangerous drugs, like synthetic compounds or alcohol, while again, neglecting to many people basic personal freedom. The issue could well be solved by accurate tests and analysis but until the THC rich varieties could be analyzed, this won't be the case.I personally take the stand for Amadieu's answer that separates the topics underlining the many issues still to solve before embracing too many commitments.

RESPONDANT

ANSWER COMMENTS

THC and CBD remain Schedule II Controlled Substances inCanada. Under our Industrial Hemp License with Health Canada,we are not authorized to collect the flowers or leaves of the hempplants. Therefore regulatory changes will have to be made beforewe would have permission to explore the medicinal opportunities.

- Need for adequate regulation touse medicinal uses;

Joe Spencer /U.S.

We will be entering the medicinal cannabis industry during 2015once predicted supportive legislation is accepted by parliament.

At present the CBD market is presenting the Hemp industry with alot of optimism. With prices of $30,000 – $50,000 a kilo being paid

for the CBD oil by pharma sector this provides farmers with anadded incentive to grow. However this is an unreliable idea at

present as most national legal frameworks include CBD under the‘drug’ element of the plant. This might get sorted out but at themoment especially in the USA the supposedly ‘grey area’ is not

-Great potentials for near future;

-Profitable market, appealingalternative for farmers;

grey but black and white it is illegal. There are several producers inEurope that are already producing CBD oil either under the radaror because of ignorance of government departments involved in

the regulation of hemp production. There might even be anintentional turning a blind eye as any profitable enterprise in

struggling European countries is to be supported even if officiallyillegal!! As the use of Cannabis medicines expands there will beeven more potential for this but I myself promote the extraction

from industrial agricultural production which gives added benefit tofarmers not intensive industrial indoor grows as this would

concentrate the industry in fewer hands. However there will need tobe more investment in extraction facilities (gas or otherwise) to

keep the added value local

- Need for adequate regulation touse medicinal uses(Especially

-Lack of willingness, knowledgeby governmental bodies;

-Benefits have to be spread to

(local) famers not concentrated infew power centres (Big Parma

with indoor plants?!)

-Investments needed;

Hans van derVorst /

Netherland Our particular market is the build-market! /

Nick Voase* /UK

Doug Fine /U.S

PierreAmadieu /

France

I actually think that the question of THC is irrelevant regarding tothe huge challenges we have to face to make hemp uses and

businesses a relevant answer to climate changes in particular, andmore widely to the transition we must get in. Everybody needs to

have some rest, but there is no artificial paradise that will make usactors of the expected change of our global behaviour. Let’s haveyoga, let’s have siesta, let’s have a beer, let’s have a joint (evenprohibited), let’s have a cup of wine or anything else…these are

individual choices. For me THC question is at the bestunproductive for hemp uses development, at the least it will

confuse people in the mainstream, making them turning away fromhemp as an alternative.

There are fans and activists for THC legalization, I am ok with that,but this is their

Own struggle. And on another part there are fans and activists forhemp as a solution

For food, materials, insulation…, for transition and it is where I’mfighting.

THC, CDC and other molecules to be founded or to get a newmedical or social

interest will need just a few thousand hectares of cannabis in theworld to be grown,

that won’t face the huge challenges we have to face regardingclimate changes,

Food concerns for humanity, sustainability…

- The THC issue should beaddressed later than other sectors

-First the plant should help tomitigate climate change risks;

-Individual choices should be legal

and THC based solutions are inthis category;

-Unproductive Confusion Issue

between “industrial” and THC richhemp;

-limited relevance in terms of

plantation areas;

- Cannabinoids molecules asinteresting for future opportunities;

Yes a hemp plant with higher thc grows better than the varietiesthat are available now and we already have our Slovenian hempvarieties that are high in thc that we will plant regardless of the

laws… we are very much interest in producing hemp oil that is richin cbd and thc that provides us with nutritional values of the hemp

oil itself and the cannabinoids form the flower itself.

Should be a market for medicinal, it requires legalization of strainwith higher THC level and a greenhouse, which can lead to high

profits but I am not going to consider it since it is beyond the scopeof my current activities.

-Technical implications;

PaoloRonchetti /

Considering the legalization’ aspect, the therapeutic is promising,even without considering THC, but in general cannabinoids can

have great relevance.

-Great potential, especiallymedicinal

In the next 3 to 10 years, we will see more and more countrieslegalizing it for medical or even recreational purposes. The number

of markets, uses and products cannot be predicted but it can besaid that there is an immense potential. Our ventures will choose

the markets depending on the economic, legal and politicalenvironment, as well as technological progress in the next years.

- Near future expansion;

-Great potential for the future;

- Need for adequate regulation touse medicinal uses(legal and

political) ;

- Technical implications;

HanaGabrielovà /

CzechRepublic

I am not interesting in growing high THC plants but would like tostart work on growing high CBD plants and do some research on itin cooperation with Universities and Research institutes in Czechrepublic or work on international projects which will focus on this

theme.

-Need for R&D and collaborationform the academic world

Table- THC Issue and perspective by the major stakeholder for the coming years

9. ConclusionsWe, as a species, have reached unimaginably heights, and we are pushing mankind and planet's boundaries as never in history, but at equally high costs and unprecedented risks. Interlocking , multidisciplinary and multileveled challenges ranging from technical, economical, environmental, social and spiritual are now considered as normality while ecosystem overload-related issues make this era a period of intense of change, withuncertain future. Building and agriculture contribute a lot and need to be fixed if major harm to people and planet has to be avoided. Transition initiatives stem in many forms, while timely sustainability revolutions could change the situation. Even if the change is gradual we don't know yet when critical mass will be reached. Among the positive alternatives to the current broken system, the circular economy, the Bioeconomy and a more localized economy seems to gain momentum because of their regenerative traits.

It’s not yet clear what sort of economy we will see emerging over the next few years, or what types of enterprises will evolve out of transition since many linear lock-ins need to be overcome during the transformation. But none are insurmountable. Communities and new triple bottom line business opportunities form a platform that could foster resilience and shared well-being.

Business nowadays needs the TBL worldview in order to act as a catalyst for larger changes. (Senge and Carstedt 2001). There are a number of private distinct initiatives thatcan help the paradigm shift, while creating new value for society.Hemp potential contribution to many challenges is great, with this research discussing an adequate model for building and alimentary applications. The plant's supply chain fits in a more local economy since its benefits are greater at a local scale, fits also in a more

circular economy since all its parts can be used, thus eliminating waste, but above all it's afuture resource for the Bioeconomy. This can happen only if its products are competitive on the relative markets and organizing viable supply chains is essential to achieve greater good.

Adequate skills and new capabilities can strategically satisfy the need for coordination and disintermediation leading to lean and integrated management practices that aim at Triple bottom line goals, resulting in diffusion of hemp products, benefits and culture.

To achieve that the design of the supply chain is central, where each case have differentcharacteristics, needs but all the initiative should go towards building resilience and effective risk management. This can be done using learning capabilities, adequate problem solving and integrated management for effective and successful ccoordination of the supply chain.The hemp model proposed(Figure 9) connect all the topics discussed in a local, resilient and effective initiative with food and building uses of Hemp. It is vertically integrated, involve all the steps from the cultivation stage to processed hemp food retail (restaurant, C.S.A or box scheme) and suggests also a “design and build” construction company as a set up suggestion, organized to capture the maximum value from finished products thus making it financially sound. Its goals are also enabling social and community well being through cooperation, involvement and awareness. Hemp is suggested as only one (even ifrelevant) of the cultivated crops and beside alimentary and building applications the initiative performs other activities. Hemp therefore could be considered an extremely useful crop but it's also acknowledging that is a part of the solutions, to be integrated in a wider framework of answers.

SECTORS INVOLVED

CULTIVATION BUILDING FOOD ENERGY SOCIAL

Rhydwen (2006)minimal model

Organic, minimal crop rotation few and selected crops

Selling processed fibers and shives

Selling seeds to manufacturer

Biodiesel for machinery

Suggested minimal modelcase for business

Organic (or stock free) plus more food crops moderate rotation with few other farmers

Selling processed fibers and shives

In-house basic manufacturing (oil flour and few value-added foods)

Renewable if possible, low tech machinery and technology

Visited tours, courses to school children

“Better” model

case for suppply chain initiative

Organic (or stock free) and increased production of vegetable/ fruit/herbs /nutsadequated rotation possible to ensure quality and quantity with enough partecipants

Using processed shivs through a small design and build company(or housing co-op) selling the cleaner fibers also to more demanding application

manufacturing of hulledseeds, oil and flour, bakery, andsmall local shop or box-scheme

Communityowned energy plus renewablesand low tech use orhemp biomass

Training regarding food, hemp,lectures, other culture initiative and community involvement

“best” model

case for established supply chains with adequated markets

ready to create scalable or exportable umbrella initiatives

Same as above with best rotation possible and consulting activity as well

Directly employ all(most) shivs and fibers, through designand build company togheter with other ERM, plus processing the fibers to obtain insulation bats.

Large production of above mentioned foods initiative plus restaurant, c.s.a. por biggr shop

Communityowned energy-related initiative plus use and sales of hemp biomass (logs, biodiesel orbiogas)

Re-skilling centre plus the above mentioned activities, Lobbying tocreate morelresilience and shared well-being

Table 9– The proposed model's scalability , starting from the minimal model from (Rhydwen,2006)

9.1 Limitations The major limitation of this research has been that this is the first direct attempt to understand the topic of hemp supply chain management and effectiveness, so beside Rhydwen (2006) research there was no literature available. The topic is more treated in business practice rather than academic world. Then a business plan could be an adequate approach to deal with big investment and such planning and designing effort.The vast topic has been treated from the project manager point of view, so none topic has been discussed in details while all the relevant issues have been discussed.Regarding this point time have been a major limitation since the wide array of topics have been interrelated, juxtaposed as best as the author capacity during the time spent on it.The amount of work that could be done in surely at a PhD level, where adequate time and lengths could be used to deal analytically on each topic and sub-category. In this research it has been excluded, among others, the agronomy part, the governmentalcontribution and the specific business modeling.Another big limitation of this work has been the exclusion of agronomics and machinery details, which are surely basic and fundamental component of a reliable and effective Hemp initiative, including relative costs and imlpications.The managerial and design insights are not directly related to classical hemp skills such asfarming, processing or food and building applications but are extremely relevant for the re-establishments of a vibrant hemp community, especially for the business sector

9.1. b Further researchFurther research could be the realization of SWOT analysis or Business canvas model. Subjective concerns about the levels of THC could be a major psychological barrier to overcome for many markets, anyway, this “phobia” is unfounded and are not supported by scientific evidence. (Meakin, 2007).Finding a way to commercialize neutrally hemp products may be a major breakthrough in most hemp markets.

For facing the challenges created by globalization and its effects on food and expert are worldwide using always more complex challenges that need best science and

technologies available to track, assess and ensure safety, quality and traceability of nowadays' food (Cifuentes,2013)

New technologies could help characterize even more hemp benefits and find also new positive properties. As example, definitive medical records should be found, especially connecting hemp foods or supplements to healing.

The research should be verified with real case studies, but the diversity of each initiative did not allowed a tailored description of a case study, neither real nor invented as example.

Further research efforts aimed at improving farm-gate profitability should be found, especially through breeding and technological improvements (Young, 2005) and quality of the outputs (Zucchini, 2014).

9.2 APPENDICES

APPENDIX-1 HEMP

This research deal with the teminlogy of “hemp” only, excluded where explicitly written, since the term “industirial” is associated to agriculture in a negative accent. Each plant of Cannabis Sativa L. bears the markof ancient breeder and it's onl because human enhancement that differen varieties exists (Bouloc et al., 2013). Hemp has been heavily restricted in the last 70 years.(Young,2005) and a purposely misleading use of plant's terminlogy have already harmed us enough.Further nformation regarding physiology and botany of hemp can be found both in Bouluc et.al. 2013, and also in the section taxonomy and botany in young (2005).Agronomy and Agronomics information can be found also in Meakin(2007) where also a list of all the standard machinery is given.

Figure a,b – Vegetative cycle of Hemp (Boulocet al.,2013)

The most common hemp plant components are seeds, roots, flowers, leaves and two types of fibre, the bast fibre and the hurds. The bast fibre, sometimes referred to as the bark, consists of tow and line fibre. The tow fibre is from the long thick-walled bast fibres and is considered to be the primary fibreFactors affectng yields are many and all reconnect with good agronomic practices. Climate, soil conditions, pests and diseases, cultivation practices, harvesting technology and expected yield for industrial hemp crops(Young,2005).Hemp is an annual plant sown in the spring and harvested at the end of the summer or the start oif autumn. with vegetative period going between 80 days for the earlier varieties(FINI134) and 150 for the late varieties(Dioica 88, Novosadska, Kompolty) (Bouloc,2013). The actual driver fot the vegetative cycle is however are the degrees day.Factors as plant needs(especially nitrogen for seeds crop), preparation of the soil, Pre-emergence and how to increase emergence rate would necessitate deeper and contextualized analysis but they are generally treated in Hemp literature, asw well as choice of the variety, date of sowing,depth of sowing, sowing type, quantity of seeds sown, figth against pests, climatic accidents, lodging,seed loss, self-thinning.(Bouloc et al.,2013, Meakin 2007)

APPENDIX-2 CLIMATE CHANGE

Climate can be defined the long-term average of weather so the weather is the short-term variation of long term climate (Tomkin,2014) while Climate change refers to “a statistically significant variation in either the mean state of the climate or in its variability, persisting for an extended period (typically decades or longer)”(VijayaVenkataRaman et al , 2012).

Figure c - The causal link (Freebairn,2014)

Climate change may be due to natural internal processes, external forcing or anthropogenic changes in the composition of the atmosphere and land-use. Accoding to VijayaVenkataRaman et al (2012) it has

finished long time ago to be a scientific curiosity, being no longer just one of many environmental and regulatory issues., even if massive denial, diect or indirect is still in play because vested interests.Several reports from Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change shows that global emissions of greenhouse gases have reached unprecedented high, despite a growing number of policies to reduce climate change.This is a clear example of how governmental institutions are generally not addressing the problem seriously. Emissions grew more quickly between 2000 and 2010 than in each of the three previous decades.The consensus view on climate change and greenhouse gases is based on multiple lines of evidence. They include basic physics, many diverse typology of observations of both past and present climate conditions, thecorrelation between carbon dioxide concentrations and global temperature over the past 800,000 years has been as well demonstrated (WMO,2013). Scientists state unequivocally that the earth is warming and it is already affecting ecosystems, freshwater supplies, and human health(IPCC,2013).Basically, northern countries are responsible for climate change(Boersma,2012) with emissions of climate changing gasses being intrinsic to the capitalistic logic (Castro,2012).Even if climate change cannot be avoided, the most severe impacts of climate change can be avoided by reducing the amount of GHG antropogenically released(Table -d ), but the time available for beginning effective actions to avoid the most severe global harmful consequences is short, and the work from VijayaVenkataRaman et al (2012) reviews such climate change impacts on various components of the ecosystem such as air, water, plants, animals and human beings, with special emphasis on economy concluding that time is terribly short.

Table d - Contribution of different agents to radiative forcing20 (IPCC,2013) L low,M medium, H high, VH veryhigh

Dangerous atmospheric concentrations of carbon dioxide, methane, and nitrous oxide (Juniper,2012) have increased to levels unprecedented in at least the last 800,000 years(VijayaVenkataRaman et al , 2012)(table -e ).

Table-e greenhouse gas global warming potential (GWP), the same authors claim that another extremely harmful chemical is released,in LCD TV manufacturing, NF3 (Freebairn,2014)

20Natural and anthropogenic substances and processes that alter the Earth’s energy budget are drivers of climate change.Radiative forcing14 (RF) quantifies the change in energy fluxes caused by changes in these drivers for 2011 relative to 1750,unless otherwise indicated. Positive RF leads to surface warming, negative RF leads to surface cooling. RF is estimated basedon in-situ and remote observations, properties of greenhouse gases and aerosols, and calculations using numerical modelsrepresenting observed processes.(IPCC,2013)

Table -f iIfluence of human activity on GHG (Freebairn,2014)

Climate change is now the most urgent problem facing the planet(McKibben,2007;Sardar, 2013). Anomalous climatic events such as typhoon, floods or heat wave are both a threat to civilization and become relevant also in the overall shifting climate patterns (Oreskes and Conway, 2014).It's one of the most complex topic to deal with in terms of forecasting since it involves numerous dimensions and levels of uncertainty and requires high levels of cooperation and coordination between countries and scientific fields(Sardar, 2013) Currently science continues to investigate how the climate will respond to these emissions over time and in the various regions of the world. (WMO,2013)

Figure g: Example of direct effects on the European area; Source European environmental agency, 2012

Models that project to future climate conditions have been used since the 1970', as example in the Meadows'”The limit to growth”(1972).Even if there are information on the projections of current trends (IPCC,2013; Rhydwen,2006) we don't know exactly how the world will look like (McKibben,2007) but we can expect costslike drought in the middle of our continents, where most grain is produced, and flood in coastal areas, wheremost people lives (McKibben,2007). Economic costs can be quantified (Table -f ).For the moment the capitalistic system march on, despite all the warning signs and despite being the original cause (Castro,2012)

Sea level rises

Water availability and cost

Availability and cost of food production

Threat to ecosystems and loss of biodiversity

Health loss, and higher costs of prevention

Damage to buildings and infrastructure, and loss of lives

Temperature change and higher costs of comfortable living

Table – f Categories of Economic Costs of Climate Change

Some attempts to quantify the costs of Climate Change have been made (Freebain,2014).As example the Stern Review (2006) Compared additional costs for a scenario of an economy with climate change relative to a base case scenario of no climate change and estimated loss of consumption capacity (or of national income) by 2100 of 5 to 20% of national income while Nordhaus (2008) suggests a Lowering of national income by 2100 of 5-15% with marginal cost per tonne of CO2e of $25-200 among others.It must be said that there is much uncertainty and debate about the costs, because the ecosystem costs and many other are intertwined and form the same discourse, embedding a highly complex situation to evaluate properly and futhermore becaquse priceless elements of this world cann't be objectively assessed.At this point is enough to recall what has been discussed regarding the diminishing marginal utility of a more complex system, typical element of collapsing society. Figure - and - shows the GHG stock incease(more complex situations to deal with) and related costs.

Figue -g Total cost function, more GHG= more cost to societies, this graph is linked with the information inappendix 7 regarding collapse of western society (Freebairn,2014)

Figure -h Marginal cost function, showing directly another example of a collapsing system, the one thatcaused the dramatic increase in GHG, the capitalistic.industrial one. (Freebairn,2014)

APPENDIX-3 OVER-CONSUMPTION OF RESOURCES Climate change is not the only threat necessitating immediate mitigating action. Mankind resource consumptions are not in balance with earth’s natural support system(UNEP,2012). Human well-being , now and for a still growing world population in the future, is based upon the availability of natural resources such as energy, materials, water and land. Twenty per cent of the world’s seven billion population are consuming seventy seven per cent of the earth’s resources at a rate that does not enable earth’s capacity to neutralize the adverse effects (Kummel, 2011). resources are becoming less abun ddant relative to demand, and some face risky scarcity in the near future. Production of oil and ‘non-renewable water’ (Palaniappan and Gleick, 2009) are predicted to reach their peak nearly at the same time (Brown, 2011) regardless of one being stock-limited and the other being flow-limited.

Figure –i Correlating the ecological footprinting with IHDI, the dots are scaled relative to the population Except for disasters or famine, nowadays scarcity is a manufactured, a culturally and economically mediated reality (Holmgren,2002) largely created and maintained by western industrialized countries(Boersma, 2012; Holmgren,2002).

Economic and social development so far has been associated in the western societies with a rapid rise in theuse of resources. The effects of this resource depletion cause waste accumultation (Mannino,2012b), unbalancement of natural cycles(Jackson,2012; Juniper,2012) and also loss of resilience(Holmgren,2002)Figure –l RSA(2013)

Having caused severe environmental impacts and distributing the benefits in an inequitable manner, the expansion of consumption under the drivers of scientific and technological advances, has become a pressingissue.The transition to a low carbon and resource efficient Economy development has become one of the more recurrent themes in sustainable development(UNEP,2011).

Figure –m Global material extraction in billions tons, 1900-2005 (Krasuman et al. quoted in UNEP,2011)

Even if a certain level of ‘dematerialization’ of the world economy has occurred(e.g. IT, Service economies), effectively raising resource productivity, the falling raw material prices (UNEP,2011) (Figure -) and the globalization under a mainstream neoliberal economic organization, drove the resource consumption to increase. It must be said that commodity prices overall rose by almost 150% from 2002 to 2010, erasing the real price declines of the last 100 years.(RSA,2013)(Figure - )

Figure -n Composite resource price index (at constant prices, 1900–2000) Source: Wagner et al., 2002 quotes in UNEP 2011

Annual global resource extraction and use increased from about 7 billion tons (7 Gt) in 1900 to about 55 billion tons (55 Gt) in 2000, with the main shift being from renewable-biotic resources to non-renewable mineral ones.(UNEP,2011) This should make citizens and policy makers impatient to reverse the dangerous trends and improve the situation for the logic foesigth necessary for future generations but the rationales adopted are seldomly for mankind common good, as clearly framed in this pages.To steer towards a more environmentally sound resource use, undesirable impacts can be reduced by two strategies (UNEP,2011). Firstly changing the mix of resources used through substitution of more harmful by

less harmful resources, and secondly using resources in a more environmentally benign way throughout the life cycle.Acoording to the Living planet index 21(WWF,2014) all mankind need on average 1,5 earths to meet our needs of nature's capital, while another tool to underline the unsustainability of mankind's beahviour, the carbon footprint, accounts about an half of the humanity's total ecological footprint (WWF,2014)There is an urgent and timely need for more knowledge , awarness and capacity on how to balance economic development and poverty reduction with sustainability issues.(UNEP,2012)The teoretical framework for decoupling resource consumption and economic growth and its deeper meaningare still in an infant stage thatnks to decades of laissez-faire economical decision making by governmental bodies. Decoupling is reducing the amount of resources such as water or fossil fuels used to produce economic growth and delinking economic development from environmental deterioration (UNEP,2011).

The report made by UNEP (2011) points out that technological and systematic innovation, combined with rapid urbanization, offer an historic opportunity to turn decoupling from theory into reality on the ground. Decoupling will also require significant changes in government policies, corporate behaviour, and consumption patterns by the public.Future populations increase will surely multiply the pressure on Natural capital(WWF,2014) (Figure - )This will determine that more people have to share the limited earth's resources.

Figure -o Trends in total biocapacity, Ecological footprint and world population ; rising ecological footprint from 1961 to 2010

21The LPI is calculated using trends in 10,380 populations of over 3,038 vertebrate species (fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birdsand mammals). These species groups have been comprehensively researched and monitored by scientists and the generalpublic for many years, meaning that a lot of data is available to assess the state of specific populations and their trends over time.

Figure -p Trends in total biocapacity, Ecological footprint and world population; declining biocapacity per person from 1961 to 2010

Figure –q Change in the averageEcological footprint per capita and in population for each geographic region in

Report form UNEP (2012) concludes that there are priorities in resource stewardwhip and management, From a material perspective, agricultural goods, biotic materials and fossil fuels have themost important role and impacts. This fi gure by Dehoust et al. (2004) illustrates some of these impacts.

Figure - Environmental impacts of goods produced. UNEP,2012

The same report make strong scientific case for sustainable and resilient natural resource management and decoupling economic growth from natural resource use and current environmental impacts.It concludes then that In the future resource-scarce world, businesses will need to switch from their traditional focus on labor productivity in favor of resource productivity. This will require new information and monitoring capability ,as well as coherent business strategies to manage resources and reduce emissions. This can abate costs, especiually in a situation where adequated taxation shifts the focus from labor to pricing of natural resources at source(UNEP ,2012), including also social and environmental externalities.

Figure 2.15. Resource use according to three different scenarios up to 2050

APPENDIX 4

GLOBALIZED,CONSUMERISTIC-BASED AND NEOLIBERAL INDUSTRIAL SOCIETIES

“Economics is too important to be left to economist” (Tainter J. 1988)

4.1-Economic development since the industrial revolution;

4.2-Consumerism and future energy descent;

4.3-2007/08 global recession: money and finance and the permanent state of crisis;

4.4-Current flaws of modern economic model;

-Economic development since the industrial revolution

Understanding the economic system is the key issue to frame what's happening to our civilization (Jackson,2012).

The mechanism that has created and its alowing the Environmental, and social, destruction is surely the econnomic engine, the capitalisc-consumeristic based sytem of western countries. Understanding the roots of the current economic system is even more useful if we want to understand the limitations of our western' society industrial culture, hegemonic economic system and its current problems. And to adequately tailor the industrial hemp supply chain model.

The industrial age era reaped natural and social capital in order to create financial and productive capital (Senge and Carstedt,2001). The ideological shift to neoliberal economics of “free trade and markets” in the 1980s and 1990s allowed large businesses corporation to skew in their gain the economic system(Robertson,1998).before the turning of the new millennium, the total global trade was made by approximately 50% of intra-firm trade between transnational corporations(Robertson,1998) while today we are around 80% of the total world's trade (COURSERA LEIDEN).

After 300 years of growth and 60 years of super-accelerated growth in human economic development (Holmgren, D.2002) nowadays we are facing a crisis in economic theory and practice (Daly H.,1996) which isthe main driver for earth's resources and is basically undermining future reliance on natural-economic assetswhich we, as a “global western society” ahead globally in this process, take for granted in the constant need for economic growth in the towards an always central consumerism mainstream culture.

-Consumerism and future energy descent

“Ethical discomfort is a healthy alternative to ideological certainty”(Holmgren, D.2002)

the incredible affluence reached in the post ww2 period led most of the western people to purchase a huge amount of stuff, to fuel the consumerist-neoliberal-economy, this have led us to be more individuals and ever less into community members, isolating us more in a way that is opposite to our instincts(McKibben,2007)

According to Boersma(2012) it is becoming increasingly clear that individualism is one of the major cause of nowadays crises. In his comprehensive, multidisciplinary and objective analysis, Jackson(2012) conclude that the most important factor that is driving us to ecological collapse is the promotion of greater per capita consumption, while we are already over-consuming while mass physchology plays a role in focusing the worldview on satisfying human needs with “more stuff”

He defines the obsession for growth and the cunsumerist attitude of current maintream economic system a bubble, claiming that history is repeating with such speculative bubbles(Jackson,2012). Some of the most famous were the “tulip mania bubble” (Jackson,2012) in Holland in 163722, and the “South sea

22 http://www.mikedash.com/assets/files/Extract%20from%20Tulipomania.pdf

bubble”(Jackson,2012) in 1720. While in recent years the “dot-com bubble in the U.S. Or the 2007 “sub-prime housing bubble”

Jackson analysis (2012) outline clearly that “our” fixation with economic growth has all the classical 7 phasesand characteristic and characteristics of all speculative bubbles but it is a rather long-time bubble.

The mix of powerful business interests, political alliances and popular support maes, according to Jackson (2012), very difficult to stop the economic growth bubble before another burst, either when the ecosystem can no longer bear the load pushed on them or when the coming period of energy descent will hit the financial markets.

The process of providing people's need within ecological limits requires a shift in mindset, a cultural revolution(Holmgren, 2002) which is already happening but is hampered by the mainstream consumerism and hidden often by the holder of vested interests of this kind of unsustainable regime.

The current system prioritize the interests of business and finance, employers and trade unions, government, taking for granted that people must depend on them as consumers and employees in a “production-centered dependency culture”(Robertson,1998)

We often forget that the current capitalistic system's birth arise from colonialism, and without it, it would not have been possible (Boersma,2012). The development of the capitalistic ideology is deeply linked with colonialism and neocolonialism (Castro,2012 which according to Boersma(2012)among many, globalization and corporate relocation are the new forms of colonialism.

According to Robertson (1998) the production-must-grow-imperative and the money-must-grow can be foundeverywhere in our western life, in the media advertisement trying to maximize consumer spending, in government propaganda, businesses and economic commentators alike; often marking that high street salesand economic growth are “good things”(Robertson,1998). Together with the governmental emphasis on GDPgrowth with the central role of debt and interests in the current economic system forms a clear picture of the growth trap (Robertson,1998). Pg 24

-2007/08 global recession: money and finance and the permanent state of crisis

“In the wake of the banking and financial crisis, it is truly shocking how fast the world has returned tobusiness as usual” Francisco Van der Hoff Boersma(2012), Co-Founder of the fair trade movement

The most recent financial crisis has demonstrated the deep embedded instability of the western economic model, of the neoliberalism framework (Boersma,2012). from a crisis started from truly unfettered greed (Boersma, 2012) and speculation austerity and recession measures spread in many parts of the world.

Jackson (2012) claims that too much power in the hand of neoliberal decision makers, inevitably ends in speculative excesses of unregulated markets leading to crashes as already happened in 1929 and 1998. Global financial and economic crises are the expression of the defects of ultra-liberal capitalism and its violent character according to Boersma(2012). The current increasing inequality (SOURCE) tends to destroy social cohesiveness, citizen security and well-being (happiness). This led to the need of better re-regulation, more equitable distribuition of wealth, fairer access to resources and last but not least more local democracy (Jackson,2012)

CURRENT FLAWS OF MODERN ECONOMIC MODELSince the WW2 western governments23,economist and policy makers become obsessed with growing the total size of the economy, following economic growth as a religion (Jackson,2012; McKibben,2007;Holmgren,2002) never doubting of its fallacies, although evident. The global economic order promotes neo-liberal and accelerated trade, capital investment, and technologicalinnovation tethered to consumer markets, all mostly free of environmental impact considerations.(Tomkin andTheis,2014)

23Many claims that we have often plutocratic-like governments (Boersma,2012)

This is currently one of two major flaws which puts the environment as a subset of economics, rather than the reverse.(Jackson,2012; Holmgren,2002) .

Figure – The environment that support societies that creates economical systems. (WWF living planet,2014)

This error have allowed mainstream economics to ignore ecosystem overload, the limited resources and the issues related to energy descent (Jackson,2012) “We are consuming natural capital and calling it income”(Daly H.,1996). The second major flaw is how economists model growth and the relative units of measure(Jackson,2012).

The current ongoing needs to fix this sick doctrine has three major challenges: firstly the political aspects of growth are creating more inequality than prosperity (McKibben,2007;Boersma, 2012,Holmgren;Robertson,1998; Coursera cxx).

Secondly, scientifically speaking we don't have the energy to keep this growth going and we can't handle the disruption it creates for ever.(Jackson, 2002; Holmgren,2002; Hopkins,2011) and thirdly, growth is not making us happier anymore (McKibben,2007)(APPENDIX -).

Our exaltation of individualism ,which is a key to consumerism and the the capitalistic systems, has passed the point of diminishing returns(McKibben,2007) and now hide a deeper part of the economy24 with grim downsides we should not ignore anymore (Boersma, 2012 ;McKibben,2007).

The arab spring, the Occupy movement are two major result of this dissatisfaction, which is one of the most serous issues of nowadays' situation and while ot of blame has been pushed against banks, besides evident faults, according to Boersma(2012) they have been also been scapegoats, utilized “by the system” to avoid broader and deeper questions.

APPENDIX 5 PRESSURES ON NATURAL CYCLES AND ECOSYSTEMS OVERLOAD

- Chemicals

- Nitrogen

- Carbon

- Biodiversity

THE BOUNDARIES OF OUR PLANET

Ancient traditional cultures experienced time in terms of cycles: from seasons, rotation of the moon to menstruation, religious traditions like Hinduism and Buddhism regard time as cyclical, repeating

24 The term deep economy comes from McKibben,2007 which in parallel to deep ecology, meaning that more profound questions need to be asked to the disciplines.

endlessly(Sardar,2013) toward future generations. Unsurprisingly, this wisdom come from nature, where theconcept of waste does not exists and even fires or floods can have significant positive outcomes for the system in which they occur (Holmgren,2002). This fundamental topic is later discussed in the Bio-economy sectand ion through the reconnection with natural patterns as way forward also in the business and social initiatives.

The following section is a tailored list of relevant issues useful also for the justification of the characteristics of the Hemp supply chain model proposed from an environmental perspective, multidisciplinarily betweentechnics and agribusinesses initiatives.

To continue to propsper we must be aware, respect and manage adequatily the critical thresholds in the Earth’s environment, regarding the earth’s climatic, geophysical, atmospheric and ecological processes.(What is resilience, 2xxx). Resilience thinking, which is what is therefore needed, is about create increased knowledge of how we can improve the capacity to deal with the harm caused by climate change or other aspects of global change. The concept is framed with the need of systematic resilience thinking and actions, with the adequate knowledge, motivations and know-how for each initiative.

At this stage is enough to say that we now must elaborate new appproaches to deal with unexpected events and crises , while identifying sustainable ways for humans to live within the Earth’s boundaries.(what is resilience,xxx)Possibly prospering everywhere in the globe.

The planetary boundaries framework(Rockstrom,xxxx), backed by strong research and continuous feedback, has rigthously stimulated scientific debate influencing the business and political agendas as well,and resume adequately the current situation. (table-5.1)

Figure-5.1 We have already overstepped three out of nine primary boundaries (Stockholm resilience center)

rockstrom nature 2009

Seven boundaries' benchmarks Definition

CLIMATE CHANGE (CO2 concentration in the atmosphere <350 ppm and/or a maximum change of +1 W m-2 in radiative forcing);

OCEAN ACIDIFICATION (mean surface seawater saturation state with respect to aragonite ≥ 80% of pre-industrial levels);

STRATOSPHERIC OZONE (<5% reduction in O3 concentration from pre-industrial level of 290 Dobson Units); biogeochemical nitrogen (N) cycle (limit industrial and agricultural fixation of N2 to 35 Tg N yr-1)

PHOSPHORUS (P) CYCLE (annual P inflow to oceans not to exceed 10 times the natural background weathering of P);

GLOBAL FRESHWATER USE (<4000 km3 yr-1 of consumptive use of runoff resources);

LAND SYSTEM CHANGE (<15% of the ice-free land surface under cropland);

RATE OF BIOLOGICALDIVERSITY LOSS

(annual rate of <10 extinctions per million species).

*Two additional planetary boundaries for which we arenot yet able to determine a reliable boundary level are chemical pollution and atmospheric aerosol loading.

Table 1- the seven major planetary boundaries and thw eother two not yet measured. (Stockholm resilience center)

Even if there is significant uncertainty surrounding the duration over which boundaries can be transgressed before causing unacceptable environmental change(WWF,2014) and losing the ability to return within safe levels, fast feedbacks (e.g., loss of Arctic sea ice) appear to already have kicked-in after having transgressed the climate boundary for a couple of decades. Slow feedbacks (e.g., loss of land-based polar ice sheets) operate over longer time frames and haven' t yet appeared.Fast feedbacks are alarmingly famous and a good overview can be found in Rhydwen's work(2006) .The proposed boundaries are surrounded by uncertainties and knowledge gaps and filling these gaps will require major advancements in Earth System25 and resilience sciences. Nonetheless they can be considered indicative and informative regarding the wider justification made regarding the Industrial hemp model. They are not fixed 'supply limits',but are within a safety margin around complex thresholds, intertwined at regional and global levels.

- Chemicals

- Nitrogen

- Carbon

- Biodiversity

Since the industrial revolution more and more chemicals have been into use (Juniper,2007). Undoubtedly solutions coming from advanced chemistry industry with innovations have improved human welfare and the process of development but have also caused serious side effects.

As example following the second world war the use of farm chemicals boomed(Juniper,2007). Boosted yields, increased incomes and cheaper food seemed a miracle, a new “green revolution”(Juniper,2007) . After some time it has been realized that this downsides were too high (Juniper,2007)and involved food chaindisruption and changes due to the accumulation of toxic substances in insects, bird fished and all species in contact with the nasty chemicals (e.g. DDT).(Juniper,2007)

Today pesticides are used in farmed land as well as backyard gardens and urban areas (Juniper,2007) and even if green chemestry is an increasing intresting sector within the bioeconomy (BIOECONOMY REPORT) this research will highligth only the nitrogen and carbon situations, that are among the more elucidative cases in order to make sense of the low impact that an adequated hemp supply chain can achieve in regardsto low fertilizer use and emissions.

25 The Earth System is defined as the integrated biophysical and socioeconomic processes and interactions (cycles) among the atmosphere, hydrosphere, cryosphere, biosphere, geosphere, and anthroposphere (human enterprise) in both spatial—from local to global—and temporal scales, which determine the environmental state of the planet within its current position in the universe. Thus, humans and their activities are fully part of the Earth System, interacting with other components.

– Nitrogen

The cycle of Nitrogen is a bio-geo-chemical cycle useful to all biological beings to live. It can be found in different configurations(figure -), four-fifths of our atmosphere comprises nitrogen (Juniper,2007), it is a majornutrient for plants(Holmgren,2002) as well as being a building block of proteins and nucleic acids, as our DNA.

Figure 17:N cycle, also manures are rich in nitrogenous compounds but a good practice of nitrogen plantand bacteria-fixing can represent a way ahead of chemical fertilizers. ; Source: adapted from Ritter, 2006

from in EEA ,2012

The cycle process the atmospheric nitrogen (N2) to compounds that are useful to the biological processes called nitrogen fixation.

Nitrogen is therefore essential to global food security, but nitrogen pollution has severe impacts on aquatic ecosystems, air quality, biodiversity, climate and human health.(WWF,2014)

The quantity of fixed nitrogen rose at the beginning of the industrial revolution where coal burning released nitrogen and then with manufacture and then with over-utilization of nitrogenous fertilizers, altering the natural cycle (Juniper,2007) through adding to the biologically active nitrogen.(Figure )

Figure 16: Use of fertilizer and total reactive nitrogen inputs on agricultural land; Source: EEA, 2012

As a result, today more atmospheric nitrogen is fixed by humanity than by all natural terrestrial sources combined; (Vitousek et al.,1997).

Juniper(2007) estimates that half of all the synthetic nitrogen fertilizer ever used has been used since 1985, and the rate continue to increase. In fact their use of grew by around 1 500 thousand tonnes per year from 1992 to 2012(UNEP,2012), This reduction in marginal return due to increased artificial complexity is clear in the global production of cereals depending heavily on Fertilizers (UNEP,2011)

These extra amounts create a process called eutrophication. Once the reactive nitrogen, (or phosporous-richcompounds) is accumulated in the environment, the growth of algae or some plants exceed the natural balance, causing them to consume more oxygen , die, and then the decomposition removing even moe oxygen. This is among the most significant causes of biodiversity loss and of harm to the vulnerable ecosystems such as Wetland, coastal, marine and dryland areas, through a range of impacts including the creation of marine ‘dead zones’ causing worldwide big loss of Biodivesity and pollution issues (SCBD,2014)

Five main threats of nutrient pollution are highlighted in table -2. , reflecting the current global problems of too much nutrient concentration.

Major Threats of nutrient pollution comment

Water quality too much Nr and P, causing coastal and freshwater dead zones, hypoxia, fish kills, algal blooms, nitrate contaminated aquifers and impure drinking water

Greenhouse gas balance too much Nr, causing emissions of N2O and other interactions with tropospheric O3 and CH4, particulate matter and alteration of CO2 exchange due to atmospheric Nr deposition. N2O is now also the main cause of stratospheric ozone depletion, increasing the risk of skin cancer from UV-B radiation.

Ecosystems and biodiversity too much Nr and P, causing the loss of species of high conservation value which are naturally adapted to few nutrients, while too little nutrients increases the risk of land-use change associated with agricultural incursions into virgin ecosystems.

Soil quality too much atmospheric Nr deposition acidifies natural and agricultural soils, while an inability to match cropharvests with sufficient nutrient return leads to depletion of nutrients and organic matter in agricultural soils, leading to land degradation and increasing the risk of erosion. (ONW, )

The trend fo the business as usual (hereafter BAU) scenario ae even more threatening, as shown in figure - .

Figure -rThe global surplus of nitrogen in the environment, since1970 and with statistical extrapolations from 2010–2020, assuming underlying processes remain constant. The solid line represents the model fit for the period with data and the extrapolation, dots represent data points and the shaded band illustrates the 95%

Among the possbilities to reduce the harm from excessive nitrogen or phosporous we could Improve nutrient use efficiency to reduce losses to the environment, through coupling livestock and crop systems, while

minimizing emissions from animal housing and feedlots is among the solution proposed by SCBD,(2014)

Other initiative from governemtntal institutions, NGO are facing the issue, but market forces seems more powerful than logic rationales of using and consuming what we can afford to.

- Carbon

Our planet's biosphere, from which global population depends on(Mannino,2012) inhales and exhales oxygen and carbon dioxide every moment. Even water or rocks exchange carbon dioxide with the atmosphere. Humans, particularly through deforestation agriculture and fossil fuel use, have a significant impact on the planetary carbon cycle.

Since the victorian time scientists have been trying to understand the relationhip between CO2 concentrations (Juniper,2012), warming and cooling of our planet, most notably, with “On the influence of Carbonic Acid in the Air Upon the Temperature of the Ground” by Arrhenius (1896) where he arguably concluded that if the CO2 doubled, the temperature resulted in a rise of 5-6°C, but suggesting that it would take 3,000 years.

The carbon dioxide concentration in the atmosphere has increased alarmingly since 1750, at the beginning of the Industrial Revolution(VijayaVenkataRaman et al., 2012; IPCC, 2013)between 30% (Vitousek et al.1997;Wienke U.2002)and 40% s primarily from fossil fuel emissions and secondarily from net land use change related emissions.

Nowadays the wave of industrialization continue to spread, most notably the last decades in China,India or other fast-expanding economies where the need for energy is the similar factor to all place undergoing “classic” industrialization.(Juniper,2012)

During the period 1850-1998, approximately 405 ± 60 Gt of Carbon has been emitted as CO2 into the atmosphere as a result of fossil fuel burning and cement production (67%), and land use and land-use change (33%), predominantly from forested areas. As a result, the atmospheric CO2 concentration increasedfrom 285 ± 5 ppmv to 366 ppmv ( about 28 %increase). This increase in CO2 concentration accounts for about 40 percent of these anthropogenic emissions, the remainder having been absorbed by the oceans, about 30%( causing ocean acidification)(VijayaVenkataRaman et al , 2012) and terrestrial ecosystems (UNEP,2012.)

Fig. - CO2 trend over years., the current level is higher than the one in the picture Nasa satellite data quoted in VijayaVenkataRaman et al , 2012

Fig. 1. Recent carbon concentration level nasa satellite observation quoted in VijayaVenkataRaman et al.( 2012)

Usually fossil fuels are the key to enable fast growing industrialization(Holmgren,2002; Juniper,2012; McKibben, 2012; Jackson,2012). If we talk about oil, usually general public don't acknowledge that is merelyphotosynthesis harnessed by plants and organisms lived between about 160 and 10 millions of years ago and is not going to be so easily available to next generations, and more importantly that using it without any long-term considerations has led us to a historical turning point, but this will be addressed later.

The industrialized world's use of fossil fuels has directly created the rise of levels of CO2 in our atmhosphere, which enhance the green house effect, since they are the main emitter of CO2(Juniper,2012)

The green house effect is a term surrounded by scientific complexity and this research is going to address it only about what concerns the research itself. It must be said that the green house effect is a natural processes that enable all the biosphere to exists. (Figure -)

Other changes taking place in the biosphere will be not analyzed even if components such as deforestation, albeldo effect or the reflection of sunligth by suspended particles make important contributions as well.

Figure – Coursera 19 4.3 Four billions years ago the Earth, Mars and Venus had similar CO2 atmospheres

Nowadays, in the Mauna Loa laboratory in the pacific ocean, the measurement of the CO2 levels take place,in an reliable environment and now we have overcome the 400ppm benchmark, while 280 ppm was the levels before the industrial revolution.

Despite the political effort, promises and claims In the 1990s emissions reached 20 billion tonnes annually, while by 2004 reached more than 27 billion tonnes (Juniper,2012). The demand is still going upwards expecting to reach 333 billion tonnes by 2020, more or less a 65% more than 1990's levels.

Accoding to the IPCC (2013) the annual CO2 emissions from fossil fuel combustion and cement production were 8.3 [7.6 to 9.0] GtC12 yr–1 averaged over 2002–2011 and were 9.5 [8.7 to 10.3] GtC yr–1 in 2011, 54% above the 1990 level.

It must be noticed that in the last 200 years we increased the concentration by 100 ppm, 50 only in the last 30 years.(Freebairn,2014). It is also estimated that, over the last 200 years, about a half of the carbon dioide emitted from cement and fossil fuels has been taken up by oceans (Juniper,2012) which are now under great stress. As example the microplastic issue (UNEP,2014) is just the last chronologically risk that our oceans face, without forgetting issues such as acidification, sea level rise and fish stock dramatic loss.

To stretch the complexity, and general unawarness, of the subjct the pollution paradox include that sulphur particles create acid rains burt also reflects the sun'energy while floating in the atmosphere, sligthly cooling itdown but this issues are not going to be treated in this research.

The magnitude of global warming is not totally clear, since this planet has never seen such artificiallly modified situation and despite uncertainities the current balancing effects are nowhere near sufficient to compensate for the warming by GHG. Here the sustainability logic would imply prudent route of risk management instead of heading toards disaster management.

Among what we do not know is what temperature changes will occur with different levels of emission of GHG(Juniper,2012). Even if the projections are complex and sophisticated, consensus and high confidence comefrom the fact that earlier models have matched quite well actual warming of the atmosphere (Juniper,2012)

“Warming of the climate system is unequivocal, and since the 1950s, many of the observed changes are unprecedented over decades to millennia. The atmosphere and ocean have warmed, the amounts of snow and ice have diminished, sea level has risen, and the concentrations of greenhouse gases have increased” (IPCC,2013)

The effect of this warming are even more complex since the previous temperature increase of the planet tookthousands of years, not a single century.

Major changes in functioning of ecosystems and weather patterns, according to Juniper,(2012) 1,3 °C is the minum we can expect, no matter what we do in the future. High level of species loss, large-scale impacts on agriculture, serious economic damages and stimulation of negative feedbacks are some likely outcomes (Juniper,2012) of higher temperature rise. For a 50.50 chance of remaining under 2°C warming we need to stay under 450 ppm of carbon dioxide eqivalent (Juniper,2012).

Hotter tempreature will affect biodiversity how plant grows, from die-back of certain vareties, moisture availability altering food chains, different seasonal changes , breeding cycles are among the most serious.(Juniper,2012).

- Biodiversity:-Earth’s 6th mass extinction

“Over the past 50 years, humans have changed ecosystems more rapidly and extensively than in any comparable period of time in human history, largely to meet rapidly growing demands for food, fresh water, timber, and fuel. This has resulted in a substantial and largely irreversible loss in the diversity of life on Earth”United Nations Millennium Ecosystem Assessment, quoted in Tomkin and Theis (2014) and Juniper (2007)

Human well-being depends on natural resources such as water, arable land, fish and wood; and ecosystem services such as pollination, nutrient cycling and erosion control. (WWF,2014)The current global scale of man-made change to natural system is without precedent in human experience and it's highly unsustainable (Juniper,2007), and it is contributing to large biodiversity loss is most of earth's habitats (Juniper,2007).

As development pressure harm ecosystem services and assets through unsustainable patterns of land use and resource management , the possibility for real human development decline (Juniper ,2007).It is now objective that habitat destruction, ecosystem fragmentation and degradation are the main drivers ofthe current rate of biodiversity loss(Juniper,2007)

Nowaday's globalized economies and relative international trade is accelerating habitat degradation far removed from the place of consumption.(Lenzen,2012; Holmgren,2002;Mc Kibben,2007) Ecosystems depend on biodiversity in order to process and recycle nutrients, dispose waste, purify air and water(Juniper, 2007) and the destruction of these assets is harmful to human as well heatlh,

As example the millennium ecosystem assessment suggest that the if we don't take “more active steps” to tackle biodiversity loss, global poverty will get worse.

Juniper(2007) conclude that we have a moral responsibility, adding that since we have full knowledge of what we are doing is even more indevendable

even if the surface protected is large Junipper (2012) and have been designed to maimize conservation benefits, many threatened species do not occur within any protected area, but increasing 2,6% of surface under protection, Juniper(2007) suggest, would be enough to protect further two thirds of endangered

species.

Habitat diversity can be increased thanks to different human uses. Some need to be strict nature reserved where human intervenctio, while others pg 71

other actually requires human intervenction such as grazing , selective forestry activity or water level management(Juniper,2007). Such interventions migth be particularly important in areas where small pieces of natrural habitats remain. This is particularly true for the heavily settled area of Europe(Juniper,2007)

RESTORING THE EARTH

The negative effects of western economic prosperity such as economic inequality are clear under the importance of international trade, even if as a major driver of biodiversity-loss. Lenzen(2012) linked 25,000 species'under threat from the International Union for Conservation of Nature Red List with more than 15,000 commodities produced in 187 countries and evaluated an astonishin amount of more than 5 billion supply chains in terms of their biodiversity influence.The conclusions was that 30% of global species threats are due to international trade. In many developed countries, the consumption of imported coffee, tea, sugar, textiles, fish and other manufactured items causes a biodiversity footprint that is larger abroad than at home. Our results emphasizethe importance of examining biodiversity loss as a global systemic phenomenon, instead of looking at the degrading or polluting producers in isolation. We anticipate that our findings will facilitate better regulation, sustainable supply-chain certification and consumer product labelling.In importer countries marked with an asterisk, the biodiversity footprint rests more abroad then domestically; that is, more species are threatened by implicated imports than are threatened by domestic production.Since biodiversity loss is a major threat, as example about one-quarter of the bird species on Earth have been driven to extinction(Vitousek et al.1997) promoting economic and conservation benefits can be a crucial driving force to secure Earth life's future(Juniper,2007)

Finding common cause with local people can be very effective to maintain local culture and nature(Juniper,2007)A combination of ecosystem restoration, protected and semi-protected areas and enhancement to traditional rural livelyhoods can change the biodiversity's future.(Juniper,2007)Care for other lifeforms, from Holmgren's(2002) point of view mean that we should reduce our total environmental impacts.more need to be done, especially in industrialized nations(Juniper,2007)

Permaculture principles and strategies provide wqays to meet our needs while allowing other species to meet theirs.(Holmgren,2002)Juniper suggests the role for the future, that should be steward sspecies on earth as we are surely the major ecological force , and we are aware of the dangerous pathe we're on if we don't.(Juniper,2007Anyway there is a bigger threat threat the damages to the biosphere, since it relies on thefunctioning of the atmosphere, and it is changing fast since we are also here the major driver of change(Juniper,2007)

our actions and plans to need to be orchestrated, , from the local level to the national and international (Juniper T.,2007). The incredible richness of life on earth's different ecosystems is the result of three and a half billion of years of biological evolution(Juniper T.,2007),The principal factor of loss of biodiversity at the root of the most rapid decline of biodiversity ever recorded on this planet is without doubt the collective actions of humankind(Juniper T.,2007).

It must be said that natural extinction occurred constantly but the current rate is between 100 and 1000 timesfaster that the normal (Juniper T.,2007) while some ecological changes has been documented, other remain to be fully understood and researched (Juniper,2007)combined actions by habitat destruction, pollution,

introduced species and direct exploitation of wildlife is leading to a mass extinction of species (and populations)(Juniper,2007) on a scale never witnessed on earth for millions of years (Juniper,2007)

There are two kinds of environmental destruction, one is something going wrong, as pollution, while another one, according to McKibben(2007) is the richer we get the more our lifestyle become harmful for the environment, let's think about last decade's meat consumption rising in china as example.

-APPENDIX 6 ENERGY ISSUES AND ENERGY DESCENT

One of the incoming short-term event for our generations, that could overshadow the intermediate-term of biodiversity loss or climate change is the so called peak oil production. Jackson (2012)

Energy is a basic resource which we are all dependent on. From farming to manufacture the world relies on vast amounts of it. In modern economies 80% of energy consumed comes from fossil fuels(Mannino, 2012b),while its about 90% of the total energy to power transportation (Juniper,2012).According to Castro (2012) the capitalistic system is built on the exploitation of oil and coal and this explain a lot regargarding the apparrent scaricity denial of questioning current models. In the western world for sure, everyone's life and lifestyle is supported by oil-based products (Juniper,2012; Holmgren,2002); fuels and plastics among all. Thecrucial point is that our western civilization is close to enter a never seen-discontinuity, as Jackson (2012) puts it, “ the most critical event in history” and many fears that the coming unavoidable period of energy descent is going to be a time of great turmoil.

Figure - illustrates the Hubbert's curve, a prediction made in 1956 by the geophysicist M. King Hubbert regarding U.S oil production. His estimated were made ridicule by the oil industry but proved to be correct after 15 years or so and become the theoretical basis for much more sophisticated model involving today's peaks(Jackson R., 2012). The conventional oil Peak is considered an empirically verifiable phenomenon (Sorrelet al., 2009) and evidence suggests that we are approaching a the global oil production peak. Global new oil discoveries reached their maximum in the 1960s and have been on a marked declining stage ever since (Figure- ), regardless great efforts and improvements in exploration, drilling and extraction capabilities.

Figure - World conventional oil discoveries and production UNEP 2011A comprehensive review of recent oil production capacity forecasts made by academics, industry experts and international agencies (Sorrel et al., 2009) concluded that the peak of conventional oil production before 2030 is likely and significant risk of a peak before 2020 exists.(UNEP,2011)The debate around its exact date of the peaks of fossil fuels is a tricky issue (Jackson, 2012) but a relevant set of experts have an idea, shown in figure :(18 to 21) below book --Jackson 2012

If we look at total oil production historically, we see that represents a relatively short-lived source of abundance in geological time (Jackson, 2012), currently according to Jackson(2012) business as usual demand for oil is going to increase by 1,5%-2% per year, and if we consider that climate change is mostly driven by fossil fuels consumption there is a strong probability that if climate change has to be taken, finally, the current rate will last longer that the 50-ish years averagely proposed(Jackson, 2012).

According to Jackson (2012) there are two main factors that can affect the timescale of the event. The market's reaction, as if oil prices increase the rate of consumption will change, maybe delaying the production's peak. The other factor seems to be likely the improved technology of extraction that can delay the peak for a while. Almost all governments are in denial of the peaking of oil resources(Jackson, 2012). but here there is compelling evidence that our current situation means the end of cheap energy age(Holmgren,2002).Rather that ecosystem breakdown and overload, this peak represents a major reason against the market fundamentalism of endless economic growth(Jackson, 2012) seen in nowadays consumerist western societies.

The oil age of roughly 200 years (1850-2050) will be probably seen as an anomaly in mankind history(Jackson, 2012). Current car culture is a controversial issue in the face of declining oil production (Jackson, 2012) alternatives, such as bio-diesel, ethanol and hydrogen exists but the trade off between food and fuel, cost and technology requied for bio-refineries are major barriers pg27

One of the most likely outcome could be an economic contraction due to the fact that our transportation systems, infrastructures, production and settlements patterns are based on the unstated assumption of cheap and abundant oil (Jackson, 2012). This will shift our lifestyle(Jackson, 2012; Holmgren,2002;McKibben,2007;Juniper,2007;.), which is best if avoided to be treated under crisis management, therefore suggesting the need for a gradual reconsideration of these inevitably changing

Figures for EROREI vary depending on resources quality, and there is no doubt that time-frame availability ofoil natural gas, uranium can be measured in decades rather than centuries (Jackson, 2012) None can provide long-term solutions. Coal (25 Jackson) cooling effect of aerosols coal

The continued and subsidized low prices of fossil fuels, together with lack of external cost accounting, undercut efficiency efforts and hampered renewable markets, this is slowing down the certain descent to low energy future.(Oreskes and Conway, 2014)

NON CONVENTIONAL OIL AND GAS SOURCES

The current debate of the vulnerability and resilience of our fossil fuel-based economy is being pinned with other non-conventional fossil fuel sources, such as shale gas and tar sands (Jackson, 2012) or Lignite and bitumen deposits (Juniper,2012).Unconventional oil reserves are large, but their flow rates are severely constrained by high energy , economic and encvironmental costs (Aleklett et al., 2009;UNEP,2011). At the time of writing, the fall of the price for a barrel around 50$ has created enormous shocks to this new industries and also the the renewable ones.As example Tar sands refers to a very expensive, energy intensive oil production, estimated EROREI is barely greater that one and some suggest that is even lower (Jackson pg22) which has disastrous effects on the environments where this difficult-to-extract oil is.

Shale gas (fracking) has attracted lot of attention by the oil industry first in the U.S. and elsewhere, followed by righteous wave of protests, since while the amount extractable is hotly disputed(Jackson, 2012), the effects of triggering seismic activity and the contamination of groundwater shows the liability of this system.Furthermore, according to (Jackson, 2012) shale-oil operation could require prices of over 200$ per barrel to be profitable.

APPENDIX 7 WESTERN CIVILIZATION COLLAPSE OR LEARNING BY FAILING ?!

The goal of this part is to highligth the extremely worrying situations we're in. We are now facing a predictable and predicted huge destabilizations of our civilization. And on average, the root causes of this problems are continuing to worse the situation.

In the history of mankind civilizations, many societies rose and fell but almost none had such a recorded, documented and demonstrated account of the causes of the decline such as the current western civilization.(Oreskes and Conway,2014). The meaning we associate with collapse, is a sudden falling apart caused by a major event occurring and crashing rapidly the staus quo, while a more appropriate time-span can be considered the one of decades or even more if we ae talking about civilizations. It's a recurrent phenomenon, archaeologist and historians have documented and understood civilization collapses for at least 12000 years (Jackson, 2012).

Jackson(2012) suggest that we should be wise and acknowledge that we are currently subject to the same drivers and forces that have destroyed other civilization.

With an historic perspective, the key factor in William Kotke's “the final empire” is the tendency of collapsing civilizations to destroy ecological foundations of life like cutting down forests and destroying topsoil, which results in short-term gains but inevitably leads to long-term disasters(Jackson, 2012;Holmgren,2002). In fact,currently a major threat to survival is the logic in which capitalism consider more important short-term profit over long term considerations ad externalities (Castro,2012) .

Jared Diamond, in “collapse”(year) creates a list of countries with worst political “trouble spots” with ongoing wars, civil wars and another list with the countries risking collapse by the worst environmental stresses and overpopulation (Jackson, 2012). The lists are identical26, highlighting the importance of the stewardship of the environment but underlining also that it is not the prime cause since the inequality is another major player.

Diamond(year) suggests three major causes affecting collapse: psychological denial of the problem existence; inability to sacrifice personal freedom; the lack of incentive for the conservation on the long-term of civilization.

Castro(2012) also adds that there are grave implications of having current technologies largely controlled by capitalists and state managers, agents that respond little other thatn profit and power. (e.g. the automobile industry vs sustainable and resilient transportation infrastructure). Further in this research a part on appropriate technology, related to the context of the machinery needed for the IHSCM will be explored, as partial solution to this issue.

Chomsky(human intelligence and the environment) view on current human society is that we should overturn the” huge state corporate social engineering project of the post WW2 period” based upon wasteful reliance on fossil fuels and and also change the “entire sociological, cultural, economical and ideological structure which is just driving humankind to disaster”. He logically concludes that if functioning democracies ifcome to power , we can redirect the massive resources dedicated to military madness, to more productive ends, towards conservation or renewable resources and energy, as example; or art and health I'd add.

Another sources that enable us to understand the current worldwide situation is given by historian Joseph Tainter, in “the collapse of complex civilization”(year) where his powerful theory goes deeper than Kotke and Diamond quoted insigths, explaining the relationship between economic factors and civilization collapse.

The main characteristic given by Tainter(1988) to any societies is the problem-solving tendency to solve particular problems, that end upcreating greater complexity. Jackson(2012) defines Tainter's greater complexity as ”more parts, different kinds of parts, more social differentiation, more inequality and more kinds of centralization and control”.

Tainter (1988) synthetize the increasing complexity trajectory, from the initial change from societies with small, internally homogeneous and with equal access to resources to large heterogeneous, internally differentiated , class structured and controlled societies in which resources are not available to all. He describes this last higly complex kind of society as in need of constant legitimization of the leadership structure for continued survival.

26 The list is : Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Burundi, Haiti, Indonesia, Iraq, Madagascar, Mongolia, Nepal, Pakistan, Philippines, Rwanda, Solomon island and Somalia.

The description may sound familiar, not only for the current modern societies but also for many previous one(Jackson, 2012). Tainter(1988) adds that when citizens lose confidence in the leadership ability to to act in their interest and there are no real benefits at the local level, then the societies enter another danger zone,which can be a determinant factor in collapse.

Tainter (1988) suggested that the main reason for a current western society collapse could be economic.

According to Jackson(2012), Tainter's meaning for increased complexity signify increased costs relative to benefits, another example of the law of diminishing returns27 ; therefore, each time a civilization introduces a new level of complexity to solve its problems the marginal return and costs are greater and the final benefit issmaller.

Conclusions in Tainter(1988)'s book suggest that until the negative marginal return is the outcome of the greater complexity. Civilization tend to favor short-term-least costly and more costly solutions later. Fragility and vulnerability can be characteristics of complex systems(Jackson 2012) that lacks in diversity and redundancy. Also according to (Sthokolm resilience thinking) functional redundancy, as the presence of multiple components that can perform the same function, provide ‘insurance’ within whichever system by allowing some components to balance for the loss or failure of others.

The role of energy in our civilization thus plays a major role, as each time we increase complexity to solve problems, more energy is needed to maintain the same level of benefits; the car-culture issues in the future or the tar sands EROREI come to mind discussing this point.

In this complex global societies there is lot of situations that match the collapse's conditions mentioned, one is the depletion of non-renewable resource as oil. From the easy-to-access reserves of the 18-19 th century tothe current complex ways to find, extract and process the crude oil the marginal return is falling below the point of convenient marginal return(e.g. Tar sands, shale gas).

Chemical agriculture's intensive practices of mono-culture is another example of a sector that requires more and more inputs to maintain the yields, while harming to topsoil, water and soil and food quality; increasing the risks from new chemical resistant pests or using irreplaceable aquifers (Jackson 2012)

Estimates that an increase in food production of 34% from 1951 to 1966 required an increase of expenditures of 63% on tractors, 146% on nitrate fertilizers and 300% on pesticides(Meadows et al., 1972)

The health sector is a third example of rapidly increasing complexity and costs and diminishing returns to society, build on costs and complexity of pharmaceutical research which increase cost of medicines and theirmarginal value, considering side effects and proper testing issues.(Jackson 2012) The neoliberal economic mainstream approach with Increased market share as the driving factor of our modern society, for at least fouty years, is another example with huge diminishing return on citizens as the majority of the benefits occur to the small minority of wealthy shareholders that manage the always more advanced and costly informationand trade system (Jackson2012).

Another example is given by the Toyota case, ,which developed the just-in-time strategy in the 1970s to cut inventory costs, improve production quality and reduce customer feedback time with IT technology and logistic strategies(DELLA PUPPA; Jackson, 2012). The company achieve a world success and competitors were forced to do the same to keep up. This led them to not recovering the market share but resulted in increased costs to keep up with the achieved situation, permanently(Jackson 2012). The evolutions in the business world that generally led to efficient supply chain management in many industries with high sophisticated computer based logistics models is anopther example that underline how the innovator can create isourmountable market advantages.(Jackson 2012)

Another example was the financial crises of 2007-2008 where increasing risky and complex actions, such as credit default swap and off-balance sheet, derivatives (Jackson 2012) led to a high cost to the wider society(leaving room for opportunistic and greedy behaviour as well).

Another Tainter(1988) topic that have particularly relevant implication for the contextualization of this research is the consumption issue in the collapse scenarios. Neoliberal economics push always for an increasing increased amount of investment and cost reduction(Jackson 2012), resulting in greater complexityand vulnerability Again, while innovators get most benefits, local benefits to citizens are always more difficult to see. According to (Jackson 2012) “we are caught in a trap of competition” that increase resource

27 http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/163723/diminishing-returns

consumption regardless the costs, ecological or social, given that the current growth-dogma is satisfied.

The tone of Tainter's(1988) work conclusions , although sounding alarming carry also a positive note where collapse can be seen as an “economizing process” that restore the positive marginal return on investment. Jackson (2012) support this view., interpreting this as a logic and positive response to the crises, underlining that from complexity we are going to restore simplicity, and that we are discussing about a collapse leading to a more satisfying, sustainable and simpler lifestyle.

APPENDIX 8 THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS, WAVES AND THE BUILDING SECTOR BEHAVIOURS.

8.1- Ecological citizenship

8.2- Three waves of environmentalism: from the 1970s to today

8.3- The building sector

8.4- Behaviours

8.1- Ecological citizenship

Integrating sustainable production and consumption into local and rural areas could modify the current unsustainable levels of consumption that otherwise could triple resource use by 2050(UNEP,2011)

Dobson(2003) suggest that shared personal commitment to sustainability, or ecological citizenship, being driven by ethically motivated people, citizens or consumers alike, is a major and growing driving force in international arenas and an under researched area, in the light of the many levels and complexities embedded in such a vast topic.

It relies upon a market which externalises environmental and social costs, sending the wrong price signal

It ignores the range of psychological and sociological motivations and other factors influencing consumption behaviour such affordability, availability, convenience, aspiration, self-esteem, empowerment,need for belongingness and identity.

It pins individual atomistic consumers against global corporations and political structures

It is applicable to consumer goods , rendering vast quantity of institutional consumption both government and infrastructures are out of reach of consumer pressure

It can't emcompass action to reduce consumption and seek alternative channels of provision such as informal exchange networks by consumer eager to create institutions representative of their values

Table - New economic's perspective on sustainable consumption (Sayfang,2007)

The concept of ecological citizenship can be extended also to trade-off as pro-active and positive change, saw as integrative and driving force of nowadays globalized world. Fairtrde or banana link are clear example of a effective, bottom-up approach to ecological citizenship of people, seen as consumers.

This concept can be described as reflexive approach to the opportunities that lies in local and global alliances with progressive actors and ideas (Holmgren,2002; Seyfang,2006;Mc Kibben,2007)and aim to a rationale capable of proposing behavioural changes towards more real sustainable lifestyles, motivated by ethic positions. As example nowadays the preference for access over ownership, (e.g. services over products) can be found. This is relevant since young urban and rural consumers’ lifestyle choices in this decade can accellerate or not the transition of the economic model away from the linear system, even if howmuch pervasive the shift will be is still unknown(RSA 3,2014).

The scale suggested by Seyfang(2006) are cross generational, political and even across species, as sustainable informed morality's targets. He aslo support reflexive localisms with points from the liberalism and civic republicanism spheres.Supporting Seyfang(2006)'s thesis, It must be said that citizenship is a politically contested and historically evolving term.

8.2- Three waves of environmentalism: from the 1970s to today

The transition into the industrial age, around 200 years ago,(Mannino,2012b; Holmgren,2002) begun in the UK where it was facilitated by the shortages of timber(Mannino,2012b), this resulted in triggering the systematic exploitation of coal and, more generally, continued till today in increased use of energy, especially for production and transportation, and resulted growing human numbers and per capita income (Mannino,2012b;McKibben,2007;Jackson;2012) which nowadays resulted in high levels of impacts, briefly descripted in the first chapter.

From the 1960's three great wavew of public pressure and awaeness has occurred, shaping environmental agenda(Elkington,2004); the first It's mainly localised in the west, where in the 60' and 70' attention towards sustainability issues grew, with economists, physicist and even phylosophers (Harding,1968) working on the foundatuion of what we now call the sustainability field.The Limits to Growth(1972) was arguably a central element in this first wave,

Contribution was given also by the popular culture. Wwith books, as the Lorax(Geisel,1971) Silent spring() among many; films, as soylent green(Flescther 1973) and activism in itiative such as notable example are the S. Francisco's first earth day ()or the foundatiuon of greenpeace()This movement did not succeeded in shifting the paradigms of most industrialised countries, as the similar but more urgent issues of the nowadays' situation demonstrates,but in the 90' there was a great consideration around it (Linton et al.,2007;Holmgren,2002) within the second wave on environmentalism.

Even if the approach, rather than the concepts, of supply chain management appeared in the early 80' (Oliver and Webber, 1982).it was especially in the early 90' that supply chain management literature's interest grew quickly (Linton et al.,2007;Svensson,2007), and the merging of sustainability and management and opertions literature begun to appear (Carter and Rogers,2008).The transition of sustainability form a set of technical arguments into the political and business mainstream isusually associated with”our common future”, also know as the Bruntland report (WCED 1987)given the vagueness of the main definition of sustainability in that report, plenty of different interpretations to ope rationalize it arose(.Linton et al.,2007).

As example from 1960 till now, three great waves of public pressure have changed the environmental agenda (table - )(Figure -)

brought an understanding that environmental impacts and naturalresource demands have to be limited, resulting in an initial outpouring ofenvironmental legislation. The business response was defensive, focusingon compliance, at best.

brought a wider realization that new kinds of productiontechnologies and new kinds of products are needed, culminating in theinsight that development processes have to become sustainable – and asense that business would often have to take the lead. The business responsebegan to be more competitive

focuses on the growing recognition that sustainable developmentwill require profound changes in the governance of corporations and in the whole process of globalization, putting a renewed focus on government and on civil society. Now, in addition to the compliance and competitive dimensions, the business response will need to focus on market creation

Table - Three great waves of public pressure Source: Elkington 2004

Figure – Pressure waves 1961-2001 Source SustainAbility and UNEP 2002b quoted in Elkington 2004

From each wave, roles and responsibilities of governments institutions and the public sector have changed inresponse, and will continue to do so(Elkington,2004).

“Although each wave of activism has been followed by a downwave of falling public concern, each successive wave has significantly expanded the agendas of politics and business”

It looks an educated guess to say that the possibilities arisen from participative action to all people to all areas of life and ecological citizenship qill create several innovations and development in the future years

Making sustainable choices should become more accessible, attractive and especially affordable for all consumers. Current purchasing decisions are aff ected by a range of factors, including the behaviour of otherpeople, the way they receive information or advice, or the immediate costs and benefi ts of their choices, changes at their workplace or in the infrastructure around them, like convenient cycling over car commuting, and by marketing sustainable lifestyles(RSA, 3 2014).

8.3- The building sector

The tightening of legislation on energy efficiency after the destabilizing geo-political events causing the energy crises 1970s, especially in Europe have been a milestone in the recent history of mankind sustainably building's tradition.Leaving aside the controversial and situation-specific debate between the claimed upfront costs of the so called” green buildigs” and the related savings during their lifetime, according to Hess-Kosa K.(2011) the aim of creating, (or certifying) such buildings is particularly twofold, on one hand the impact on the environment should be minimized, on the other indoor air quality shoul be maximized for occupant's health.Wienke (2002)'s goal for environmental conscious building is to focus on the design and construction of buildings that do not cause wastes and that do not create negative and harmful outcomes for occupants too.Beside optional postconstruct testing (Hess-Kosa K.,2011) and post-occupancy evaluations (Leaman -Bordass,2013) the correct users behaviour and motivations represent a future relevant topic.Today all those fields must be treated togheter, and this is where the environmental professionals has a clearand relevant role to play.(Hess-Kosa K.,2011).provides a broad overview at the strategic and planning level of the technological options, design practices and behavioural changes that can achieve large reductions in building energy use (50%-90% in new buildings, 50%-75% in existing buildings) Figure 8.3a, 8.3b.

Figure- 8.3a - World building final energy consumption by end-use in 2010. Source: (IEA, 2013).

Figure- 8.3b Trends of the different drivers for final thermal energy consumption in residential and commercial buildings in the world. Further details in: historic data 1980-2000 detailed in from (Ürge- 14 Vorsatz et al., 2013a); projections: 2010-2050 data based on frozen efficiency scenario in (Ürge- 15 Vorsatz et al., 2013b) Source IPCCwgAR3 .

In summary, buildings represent a critical piece of a low-carbon future and a global challenge for integration with sustainable development through “high agreement and robust evidence” from the IPPCwgr3AR5(2013).

“They are the location of the biggest unmet need for basic energy services, especially in developing countries; whilst much existing energy use in buildings in developed countries is very wasteful and inefficient. Existing and future buildings will determine a large fraction of global energy demand. Current trends indicate the potential for massive increases in energy demand and associated emissions. “

8.4. BEHAVIOURS

The cutomers freedom of choice of investment regarding building components and systems could be considered a politica tool, via informed market choice. According to many living in an ecologica fashion means be far from the city. According to Weinke(2002) this is creating a new culture based more on relationship and local resources, creating new opportunities sometimes even invent and innovate them, in fields as craftmanship, IT service, Agriculture related jobs. IT's clear that a small elite group of people(especially if isolated) adopting this principles is surely not enough to solve the bigger cahllenge we are facing. This pattern is not a new concept as the builing industry relies greatly on information asimetry between actors.

Individual behaviours and interaction with the built environment have to be intended with awarness rather that obligation or guilt to be not enough”green”.

In addition to technologies and architecture, behaviour, lifestyle and culture have a major effect on buildings energy use presently causing 3-5 times differences in energy use for similar levels of energy services IPPCwgr3AR5(2013).

Many schemes and tools can help dwellers to understand, measue and improve behavioural impacts and building interaction.

TABLE - Potential savings in energy consumption by household appliances and equipment.IPCCwgr3

APPENDIX 9 AFOLU, LOCAL AND ORGANIC AGRICULTUREWITH PERMACULTURE INSIGTHS.Land productivity and soil health. Land degradation costs an estimated US$ 40 billion annually worldwide,without taking into account the hidden costs of increased fertiliser use, loss of biodiversity and loss of unique landscapes. Higher land productivity, less waste in the food value chain and the return of nutrients to the soil will enhance the value of land and soil as assets. The circular economy, by moving much more biological material through the anaerobic digestion or composting process and back into the soil, will reduce the need for replenishment with additional nutrients. This is the principle of regeneration at work

Table - Summary of potential co-benefits (green arrows) and adverse side-effects (orange arrows) from AFOLU mitigation measures; arrows pointing up/down denote positive/negative effect on the respective issue. These effects depend on the specific context (including bio-physical, institutional and socioeconomic aspects) as well as on the scale of implementation. For an assessment of macroeconomic, cross-sectoral effects associated with mitigation policies (e.g., on energy prices, consumption, growth, and trade).

Dimensions Issues Social and human assets Population growth and migration, level of

education, human capacity, individual skills, indigenous and traditional knowledge, cultural values, equity and health, animal welfare, organizational capacity

Natural assets Availability of natural resources (land, forest, water,agricultural land, minerals, fauna), GHG balance, ecosystem integrity, biodiversity conservation, ecosystem services, the productive capacity of

ecosystems, ecosystem health and resilience

State of infrastructure and technology

Availability of infrastructure and technology and industrial capacity, technology development, appropriateness, acceptance

Economic factors Credit capacity, employment creation, income, wealth distribution/distribution mechanisms, carbonfinance, available capital/investments, market access

Institutional arrangements Land tenure and land use rights, participation and decision making mechanisms (e.g. through Free, Prior and Informed Consent, FPIC), sectoral and cross-sectoral policies, investment in research, trade agreements and incentives, benefit sharing mechanisms, existence and forms of social organization,

summarizes the issues commonly considered when assessing the above-mentioned interactions at various levels between sustainable development and AFOLU

CHALLENGESAgriculture is facing a multitude of challenges on both the demand and supply side. On the demand side, these include food security, population growth, changing pattern of demand driven by increased income, andthe growing pressure from biofuels. On the supply side, limited availability of land, water, mineral inputs andrural labour as well as the increasing vulnerability of agriculture to climate change and pre-harvest and postharvest losses are the main challenges.

9.1- THE RATIONAL OF THE LOCAL FOCUS

if strong network of local food develops, and the integated hemp model goues in this direction, then prices would come down as middleman were eliminated (McKibben,2007), possibly also marketing efforts and transportation issues. Local farming can be as technologically inventive as industrial agriculture.

key topic for small organic producers is to create new distribuition channels by bypass the supermarket supply chain(Seyfang,2006)

with key movements as (re)localization or shortening of supply chains, or initiative that directly questioning industrial farming practices and globalized transport model possessed by conventional channels

localization OF FOOD SUPPLY CHAINS MEANS SIMPLY THAT FOOD SHOULD BE CONSUMED AS CLOSE TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN AS POSSIBLE (sEYFANG,2006)

locally grown organic food, farmer markets, community supported agriculture and other expression of regenerative relationship with our environment with ethical and social capital around food supply chains as ethos seems a win/win solution to environmental and sociology-economic issues and is in contrapposition to the globalized system that separate the cosial and environmental dimensions of of economic transaction(Seyfang,2006).

9.2- THE LOGIC OF CONVENTIONAL vs ORGANIC

Considerable investment in labor is required but instead of harming water or biodiversity or eroding soil, organic, small-scale , low-input agriculture yields several benefits (McKibben,2007)

It must be said that both neoliberal economic perspective and communism were interested in industrial griculture, as McKibben (2007) point out “as dear to Castro as it is to Cargill”. We probably won't see our food economies change as much as happened in the Cuban case in the last decades but if we head towardsthat direction gradually it could (McKibben,2007)

lobal warming is expected to increase yields in higher latitude cropland zones by virtue of longer growing seasons and CO2fertilization (Cantagallo et al., 1997; Travasso et al., 1999). At the same time, however, global warming may also accelerate decomposition of carbon already stored in soils (Jenkinson, 1991; MacDonald et al., 1999; Niklinska et al., 1999; Scholes et al., 1999). The net effect of these changes on carbon sequestration in croplands is likely to impact some geographic areas more than others, but there are no reliable estimates of those future impacts.

Food mile/kilometersSince climate change is a major threat, and transportation is based on non-renewable fossil fuel resources this unit of measure refers to the sustainability of the products analyzed(Tomkin,2014)

1500 miles is typical for Chicago (Tomkin,2014) transportation is a minor part of the total carbon dioxide 1- hard to to in real life lot of calculus ..of all the things you buy ?2- heuristics (rule of thumbs) of food miles is misleading..and we don't get immediate feedback..it makes logical sense it is more a social concept..e need to embed the environmental cost into trade costs to make consumer's choices more easy and fair to

Tdespite technological progress we can be the current could be the richest … there could be a slow descent..(Tomkin,2014) bad for poor people around 2,3 billion are in poverty.. if we don't have now..the Malthusian future is grim..we can reach sustainability througAh prosperity, sharing technology, better policies etc.. One form of stewardship adopted by the organic movement has been considering land management and long-term soil fertility's improvement as a necessary and something that people should leaves in better shape thatn it has been found (Holmgren,2002)

9.3- PERMACULTURE AS AWARENESS AND DESIGN DRIVER

“P. is an effective response to the limitations on use o energy and natural resources, it will move from its current status as alternative response to climate crisis to the social and economic mainstream of the post-industrial era. Whether it will be called permaculture or not is a secondary matter” (Holmgren, D.2002)

The concept of permaculture28 is a positivist response to environmental crisis facing modern societies at large and can be described as a creative design response to a world in declining energy and resources availability with many similarities with Lovin's() emphasis on design processes drawn from nature.(Holmgren,D.2002) as descripted in the bioeconomy section.Permaculture can be seen also a global network and movement of individuals and groups who works to spread and demonstrate the effectiveness of permaculture design solutions(Holmgren, D.2002) Its 12 design principles can be thought as appropriate study of the natural world and pre-industrial sustainable societies, where applicable solutions to the post-industrial ae available, and developing sustainable land and resource use and management(Holmgren, D.2002), involving the improvement of long-term material well-being therefore can be thus considered applied science(Holmgren,2002).The very success of science and materialism has led us to a state of disharmony and discontent, hardly seenin history, and from which we have to emerge, also to a more positive and spiritual based value system, as example the more we understand the world through the lens of system thinking and ecology, the more we see the wisdom in spritual perspectives and traditions (Holmgren,2002). Nonetheless permaculture is claimed to attract people raised in scientific culture, because its wholism does not depend of a spiritual dimension (Holmgren,2002).

This design science then adopt ethics29 as a costraints on survival instincts with Holmgen(2002) suggesting that the greater the our energy availability and our society concentration are the more ethics become essential in ensuring long-term cultural and even biological servival.

APPENDIX 10 NEW ECONOMICS AND THE MAKING OF THE ECOPRENEUR

New economic “school of thought” (Seyfang,2006) suggest down-scaling consumption and pursuing quality of life instead of economic growth as development goal.

Relevant contributors such as Shumacher(1993) or Robertson (1998) helped to testify the emergence of the movement(Seyfang,2007), with the environment ethos as a driver, while nowadays a major reference is the new economics foundation (link). The interest around it is significant while different initiatives stems form this concept.New social and economic institutions for governance valuing justice and social well-being is a famous human need through history but nowadays tangible alternatives and several movements are offering alternatives.

NEW UTILITARIANISM The most “economically productive” citizen is a cancer patient who have a crash on his way to the divorce lawyer(McKibben,2007)

28was theorized by Bill Mollison and David Holmgren29intended as the moral principles that used to guide action toward good and rigth outcomes and away from bad and wrong outcomes (Holgren,2002)

Even if the current “new economy” prospect is more similar to a next wave of industrial era rather than a postindustrial era(Senge and Carstedt,2001), some valid solution are contributing to paradigm shift and mindset changes across the globe. We are experimenting a global cultural revolution(Elkington 04?), where real sustainability is necessity to balance our impact of the planet and also a potential to enhance human experince. The change needed reach almost every sector and therefore imply a radical change, multidisciplinay by nature and urgent in time-fame. This will create the co-evolution of (sub)systems such as technology, infrastructure, institutions, markets, culture, and environment that could potentially create structural change of societal systems, with important changes in how societal functions are fulfilled.

In 2002 psychologist Daniel Kahneman won the Nobel prize in economics for his central contribution in the field of hedonics, the study of what makes life pleasant or unpleasant.The first chapter of one of his work is called “objective happiness” and it explain how to demonstrate it and how to measure it. The idea that real happiness is measurable is “extremely subversive” to mainstream economics (McKibben,2007)According to (McKibben,2007) the shift from a purely economic standpoint to measure well being to a more realistic and fair accountancy method for countries, or business alike, Is going to be a slow shift, where the central issue will be redefine if more is better. According to Robertson(1998) this comprehensive transformation of economic life and mindset must involve every sector (from farming to transport, energy work,livelihoods and social cohesion etc..), every level (from personal and household to continental and global) and every feature (such as lifestyle choices and values, teaching, organizational goals etc.). Boersma(2012) instead suggests that before discussing new alternatives we should first address the many economic and political myths and lies, counteracting and deconstructing them. Notions like happiness and satisfaction are generally outside the realms of economics, which tend to consider the utility maximization principle only, meaning thatg if we buy something it means that it provides maximum utility to you. It's then assumed that the sum of the rational individual action of consumers providesthe metrics on how an economy is good or not.(McKibben,2007)Permaculture-related books by Holmgren (e.g. 2002) make strong points in favor of proposing alternatives toshow how obsolete and inefficient are current political and economical systems, especially in the light of an energy descent future (Holmgren,2011), while Castro(2012 make it the case also for chainging current modernity's assault on the biosphere that could result in a forced decline in material living conditions (Castro,2012). It not easy to create new organizations and institutions that makes the older inefficient one obsolete (Holmgren,2002; Boersma,2012) but it is timely that we do so, multiplying experiences, communication and engaging in dialogue with each other (Boersma,2012).

Robertson(1998) calls for a synergistic approach where one step forward in one field helps and enable improvements in other, recalling what Holmgren (2002) describes as Reinforcing feedback loops.

Since the basis of development of the industrial era are not sustainable (Senge and Carstedt,2001; Holmgren,2002; McKibben,2007; Hopkins,2011; Robertson,1998), new paradigms of social and economic organization that respect more our collective bond of identity to future generations, as well as the environment are becoming, year by year, more relevant.Pressure grows for greater economic democracy and social inclusion, while also the reduction of income and wealth inequalities has become recurrent requests alongside political democracies(Robertson,1998)

New model for utilitarianism should be elaborated since the concept of happiness has evolved since the original thinkers that developed the concept , as Bentham(McKibben,2007).Future sustainable economic systems will prioritize regenerative ecosystems management for resilience rather than pure capital efficiency, and would internalize the costs of ecosystem management into the pricingof goods, thus making more sense for local solutions of production and processing(Tomkin and Theis,2014).Leaving the future in the hand of private markets' interest have not worked as it won't work in the future (Boersma,2012).

THE MAKING OF THE ECOPRENEURAcording to Isaak(2002), environmentally responsible business come in two ways. What he calls green businesses are organizations that didn't start with strategies using cost, innovation and marketing advantages, if not the ethical argument, but managed into greening the existing enterprise. On the other hand, green-green businesses are designed to integrate the sustainability priciples from the beginning and their interntions are to transfer the industrial sector where they are located in the direction of sustainability

and thus giving their contribution in the evolution of the current economic system (Isaak,2002).Therefore an ecopreneur (Isaak,2002) forming a gree-green business has an esixtentialist commitment in which the entrepeneur knows he or she will never achieve the ideal but this nonetheless give a strong motivation to every aspetct of their life.A quote from an ecopreneur, Ben's philantropic quote (from Ben and Jerry) was” business has a responsibility to give back to the community from which it draws its support” (Isaak,2002)According to Isaak,(2002) only “greening” businesses as usual, with ecoefficiency as example, appears to bea marginal effect in creating a real shif in society towards sustainability.As example focusing on so called “eco-efficiency” may be not useful as aiming at radically different poduct and business models, since this requires a shift in mental models (Senge and Carstedt 2001) this kind of shift is unlikely to occur if we don't embrace the human dimensions of learning and change.Eco-efficiency innovations reduce watages from production even if this not change the number of product (not considering the rebound effect) or the waste generated from their use and discard(Senge and Carstedt 2001) and most companies aim at it looking for profit and growth alone.Since the environment cares about the absolute impact and not about eco-efficiency , large scale eco-efficient economies could generate more waste and disruiption than smaller and less efficient ecoefficient economies(Senge and Carstedt 2001). To make a society reallly sustainable, “green-green” businesses mustspread and there must be strong incentive from the start-up phase.(Isaak,2002)

APPENDIX 11 SOCIAL ENTERPRISES AND ENTREPENEURSHIP

If envisioning a powered down local economy is the first step, the bringing it to reatlity is the needed and logic consequence. “Tansition initiative are about creating new economically viable local infrastructure that creates livelyhoods, skills and resilience” (Hopkins ,2011)Transition initiatives favors and stimulate social enterprises and entrepeneurs locally.Innovative organizations, products and business models must be financially sound in order to contribute to the positive change. In fact, the major task of nowadays businesses is to develop models that are compatiblewith economic reality. (Senge and Carstedt 2001), therefore this issues is more marked in social enterprises, which can strive to be financially viable (Hopkins,2011) but we must remember that the answer is not necessarily zero growth and market-driven changes seems the changes that society understand the most Senge and Carstedt 2001).It is claimed that sometimes this initiative stems out from one bold, visionary individual (Hopkins,2011) or that Social entrepreneurs are “practical dreamers” ((Conrad and Kreuter, 2014),2014) but it's surely the collectivity that allow things to fluorish and enahcnce business action to achieve effective and balanced TBL that effects the wellbeing of all the stakeholders, starting for ht business success. There are plenty business models that increases social partecipation, that is key factor to conisider for spreading this practives TBL inclusive initiatives around the world, if we consider a replicable and scalable business model for each of Hemp-related goods marketable in nowadays markets.

There are many differencies in terms of characteristics, configurations(Table - ) and possible trade-off between for profit oand non-for profit organizations (Table - ; Figure - ). When mixing mission & money what qualifies as a “social impact should be takien into account, how much profit is acceptable, who should profit and how do decisions get made when mission and money are at odds.((Conrad and Kreuter, 2014), 2014)

Traditional

businesses

Profit primaryconsideration

Mission driven Traditional

NGOMarket sensitive Operate under non-distribution

constraint

Fast to respond Creative and adaptive to localconditions

Competition driven Shaped often by values and

Responsive toshareholders

Responsive to board,community, donors and public

Table - Major characteristics for nowadays majority of BUSINESS and NGO organizations, Source (Conradand Kreuter, 2014) 2014

Figure- Profit, non profit spectrum for organizations, as hemp business actors, Source (Conrad and Kreuter,2014) 2014

Table - Different aspects of NGO, Business and the hybrid configuration, (Conrad and Kreuter,2014),2014

Social entrepeneurs are claimed to be searching for new ways(table - ) of solving old problems((Conrad and Kreuter, 2014),2014) with goal of creating innovative, sustainable, effective, and scalable solutions to social problems.

Changemakers willing to take risks and driveinnovation

(Conrad and Kreuter, 2014) (2014) applicable four main criteria for social entrepeneurship:

Innovation

Finanacial sustainability

Collaborate with business, nonprofit and governmentImpact

Table – Social entrepeneurs and entrepeneurship main characteristics , Source (Conrad and Kreuter,2014) 2014

Futurebuilders(2014) define social entreprises as follows:“Social enterprises is a business or service with primarily social objectives whose surpluses are principally reinvested for that purpose in the community, rather thatn being drive to maximise profits for shareholders

and owners”According to (Conrad and Kreuter, 2014) (2014) Unlike businesses, nonprofits often cannot “afford” to push apartially-developed product or service and wait for market feedback since related costs may be too high.Then another challege is that potential negative social impacts may be too large to address, but every little bits helps and the scalability could be an essential characteristic to spread and achieve wider TBL benefits, concluding that ”nonprofits cannot afford to stand pat and not seek fresh solutions” ((Conrad and Kreuter, 2014),2014), therefore underling again the resilient and TBL managemental aspect as a key component to achieve needed positive outcomes, where mission and money are balanced and possibly takes the best of “both worlds” .

Adopting a mission to create and sustain social value

Recognizing and relentlessly pursuing new opportunities to serve that mission

Engaging in a process of continuous innovation, adaptation, and learning

Acting boldly without being limited to resources currently at hand

Exhibiting a heightened sense of accountability to the constituencies served

TABLE - Characteristics of social entrepeneurship, Source Pensylvanya,2014

Design is extremely important, from products or services and business model design to the design of network of businesses in cluster or new web of value among the satkeholders of each inititative.Social innovation is “a novel solution to a social problem that is more effective, efficient, sustainable, or justthan existing solutions and for which the value accrues primarily to society as a whole rather than private individuals”

THE HYBRID APPROACH: FOR PROFIT ORGANIZATION WITH SOCIAL MISSION

Recalling what are the main positive characteristics of for-Profit Organizations (Table - )

Advantages

The product or service being sold triggers the social or environmental change.

Product is often of higher quality.

Social impact is intrinsically tied to the business proposition.

Social mission is a potent marketing tool and an effective differentiator from the competition.

Attracts high-quality employees.

Easier to scale.

Easier collaborations.

Table - Average Advantages represented by the business for profit organizations, Pensilvanya, 2014

Even if the sector matters a lot in organizations life, it's suggested that is better to select later not sooner the emphasis within the spectrum of possibilities arising from non-profit and for-profit initiatives in different

situations. Since this have Internal and external consequences, Pensilvanya (2014) conclude that while overcoming the many challeges (Table - ) during the initiative' s activities, the ehmpasis towards one particular aspect of the TBL in particular should be found later, when facing the reality characteristics(Figure - ) the actors shape it strategically, tailoring it to achieve organizational's goals and wider benefits.

Challenges

Must quantify their financial results and their social impact.

No guarantee that social mission will be preserved as company grows.

ROI drives prioritization.

Potential perceived bias.

Financial model limits types of customers and products/services.

Table - The many challenges for business organizations,Source Pensilvanya 2014

Figure - The main components and driversa to determine and analize before choosing the organizationaloutcome, Source Pensilvanya 2014

The implications for the market researches and the involvement for specific characteristics to be done are clear, and some basic issues to be asked need to be addressed(Table - ; - )

1.Who else is providing the same products to the same audience (but potentially in different geographies)?

2.Who else is providing the same products in the same place (but potentially to different audiences)?

3.Who else is working in the same place and aiming toward the same audience?

4.Who is providing the same products to the same audiences in the same place?

Table – Relevant questions for market contextualization, Source Pensilvanya 2014

Table – Fundamental topics and general qualitative quantification example, Source Pensilvanya 2014

APPENDIX 12 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (SCM)

Basic ideas of SCM is to recognize the inter-dependency of the supply, across and between firms(figure - ), aiming at increasing the effectiveness of its configuration. Improved transparency and alignment of the co-ordination are also central to increase coordination potentials for partecipants, wth general goal of reducing inventories effectively and optimizing supplier's operations in the supply line(Bowon,2014). Definition of SCM are shown in table - .

Figure -The relatioship between single firms, supply chains and fundamental building blocks, Bowon 2014

SCM as a science was first theorieticalized in the manufacturing industry. Scholars often refers to the Toyota's just-in-time system (Vrijoeef and Koskela 2000; Dalla Puppa,2009;Pearce,2009) and it's also widelyused in engineering-oriented and assembly industries (Lehtinen and Torko,2005).After its emergence and relevance in the Japanese automotive industry, the theoretical evolution of SCM has resulted in an independent concept in industrial management and scientific research, as some major literature reviews on SCM can testify(e.g. Bechtel and Yayaram, 1997; Cooper et al., 1997). Characteristic differences from the traditional management are shown in table - .Itegrated management processes and logistic flows, management of relationship with employees and suppliers, alongside change management from older systems are needed skills to produce effective SCM (Lehtinen and Torko,2005).

Author Definition

Mentzer et al. (2001)

The implementation of a management philosophy

A set of management processes.

A management philosophy

Mentzer et al. (2002, p. 18)

“the systemic, strategic coordination of the traditional business functions and the tactics across these business functions within a particular company and across businesses within the supply chain, for the purposes of improving the long-term performance of the individual companies and the supply chain as a whole”

Lambert et al. (2006, p. 2)

“the integration of key business processes from end-user through original suppliers, that provides products, services, and information that add value for customers and other stakeholders”.

Bowon K. (2014) lecture 1

Is the creation of value by coordinating various activities, functions, and participants

Table - Definitions of SCM by scholars or other authors,Source : listed in the table

Table - Characteristic differences between traditional ways of managing the supply chain and SCM (Cooperand Ellram, 1993)

APPENDIX 13 LIMITED RESOURCE FOR SSCM and Integrated Hemp Sustainable Supply Chain Management (IHSSCM)

We define SSCM for the model as “the strategic, transparent integration and achievement of the organization’s TBL goals in the systemic coordination of key interorganizational business processes in order to improve the long-term economic performance of the individual company and its supply chains achieve greater good.”.SSCM involves the the inter-connection of components and interfaces across supply chain (Svensson,2007) Porter and Kramer (2002), the SSCM perspective advocates that such undertakings would be socially irresponsible unless considered within the broader context of a firm’s overall strategic and financial objectives.Whether driven by legislation, public interest or competitive advantage, SSCM have big opportunity that has the potential to affect future policies, businesses operation and creating new business models(.Linton et al.,2007).

According to Carter and Rogers(2008)organizations that adapt that manage more effectively to the limited future natural resources and social changes, will be more easily economically sound. They suggest that the proportion of environment and social initiative that result in economic benefits it's very large and when matched in long-strategies the inclusion of sustainability in SCM provide a longer lasting and less reproducible competitive advantage.“As the firms is dependent on scarce and costly resources it will require more coordination along the supply chain” (Carter and Rogers,2008). The TBL approach offers the possibilities to reduce long-term risks linked to resource depletion, fluctuations in energy costs, product liabilities and pollution and waste management (Shrivastava (1995a) and it is now a fundamental principle of smart management (Savitz and Weber, 2006)Gladwin et al.(1995) argue that sustainable development must embed the concept of security which demands protection from harmful disruption such as Biodiversity loss, climate change, food insecurity and future pressure made by population growth on resources. The issue of scarcity of resources is also addressed by Shrivastava(1995) that suggests that company who systematically face these long-term issues earlier can manage better the risks in the future posed by change in supply chain's input availability and energy costs fluctuations.Futhermore, strategy and culture in Carter and Rogers(2008) are also part of the broader vision of the suggested TBL sustainability of the Hemp model, being closely linked with sustainability operations and firms' vision, as the real change in mindset and culture deliver the real TBL organizations with the interrelation between risk management, transparency, culture and strategy being a major component of SSCM (Carter and Rogers,2008). A complex net of relationship is made between interconnection in and between supply chains arising from components, such as actors activities and resources, and interfaces such as interactions, co-ordination, co-operation or competition(Svensson,2007) .Social sciences are important in respect to sustainability, such as cultural norms,Even if philosophy, psychology, anthropology and sociology have direct links with natural science and are often managed through political science and policies (.Linton et al.,2007). This goes beyond the scope of the work and will not treated.Seuring and Muller (2008) shows that integration between the three dimensions of sustainability in supply chain management is lacking (Table - ) For a variety of reasons (Table - ; - ). In fact in their literature review of peer-reviewed journal pubblications on SSCM, integration as a topic is hard to find, concluding that this is a deficit in current SSCM literature.

Table – Dimensions of sustainable development addressed in Seuring and Muller (2008)

Table – Pressures and incentives for sustainaility in supply chains

Table - Barriers for sustainable supply chain management, Source

Underlining the importance of understanding the drivers and pressure coming from inside or outside the supply chain, Seuring and Muller (2008) list also the barriers to the implementation of SSC, higher costs is the most reported while the complexity of coordination and insufficient communications in the supply chain are follows .The supporting factors to SSCM are shown in table - . They are directly linked with this barriers above, as communication, monitoring, evaluation,reporting and sanctions are the most referred to.(Seuring and Muller,2008)this problems causes higher costs, even if joint efforts of all supply chain participants can help with the costs.

Table – Supporting factors for sustainable supply chain management, Source

A relevant way to deal with environmental and social sustainability issues are minimum requirements, standards as ISO 14000 series or corporate social responsibility(CSR), which have two major benefits (Seuring and Muller,2008), of improving supply chain performances and avoid risk related to TBL implementation.Seuring and Muller (2008) discuss also the relations of the goals and the TBL highlighting how company often define the reaching of minimum performance (Table - ) addressing also the issue of superficiality in some certifications or minimum requirements.

Table – Supporting factors for sustainable supply chain management, Source

Another important features of the minimum requirements is that it can be seen also as a method to select appropriate partner (Seuring and Muller,2008), or become more visible to more selective custome

APPENDIX 14 VALUE CHAIN ANALYSIS

The concept of value chain is similar to the supply chain one but it extend and focus the classical scope of SCM discipline. In fact, SCM tend to focus on the links between point of origin to the point of consumption, while the activities carried out before the point t of origin and after the consumption rarely are being considered in standard business activities.(Svensson,2007)

The term ‘Value Chain’ was used by Michael Porter in198530 to describes the activities an organization performs and its links to the competitive position. The ability to perform particular activities and to manage

30in his book "Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining superior Performance"

the linkages between these activities can be a source of competitive advantage and a way to implement really TBL approach. Definition of managerial and theoretical boundaries of SCM are currently undergoing a process of review of the appropriateness (Svensson,2007) since sustainable supply chain become a more needed approach, which actually need a more emphasized and broad overview on economic, environmental and social sustainability aspects of business theory and practice.

Generally the value stream analysis for the main products is the main step to achieve leaner supply chains(Lehtinen and Torko,2005). Womack and Jones(199x) underline that value is central principle of lean thinking. Value chain analysis is an effective tool if the greater strategic value has to be found (Porter and Kramer,2006) An analysis example is suggested by Recklies (2001):

A typical value chain analysis can be performed in the following steps:Dagmar Recklies, 2001 Recklies Management Project GmbH § www.themanager.org

· Analysis of own value chain – which costs are related to every single activity

· Analysis of customers value chains – how does the product fit into their value chain

· Identification of potential cost advantages in comparison with competitors

· Identification of potential value added for the customer – how can our product add value to the customers value chain (e.g. lower costs or higher performance) – where does thecustomer see suchpotential

APPENDIX 15 HEMP PROCESSING: THE DECORTICATION OPERATIONS

After that hemp has been retted and transported to the processing plant where, depending on the end use, the amount of processing varies as fibres for textiles need much more work than those entering the insulation materials market, as example(Meakin,2007).To be coherent with the opics discussed in the research, the processing issues of textile and paper making are avoided while the discussion of preparation of the fibres for technical uses31 is treated, especially regarding hemp wool. Insulation.Quality fibres for this use should have adequated length (long and clean), have to be low in allergenic substances and shoul exibits good compression resistance.The retting process and date of harvest are important factors to consider and ongoing research is dealing with the issue of making the quality costant(Boluoc et al.,2013) while adopting continuous and adequated corganic crop rotation(1:6/7) that improve and maintain the quality of the soil can be a frontier to check in order to create reliable supply of qualitative material have to be created (Tolhurst,2014)Ideal quality characteristics (Table - ) depends on the environment context of the culture and to a lesser extent to genetic factors(Boluoc et al.,2013).

Thw tchnical fibres processors should care of the ease of extraction and the factors that will affect the properties of the end products.(Boluoc et al.,2013)

. Nonetheles according to the expert Zucchin (2014) mobile technologies are nowadayes not able to compete with good processing plant, where the cleaning of the end-products is the major concern to create marketable products. As example Voase farm and Assocanapa processing plants have had some difficulties to produce adequaltely clean fibrs and shivs, which can be a problem in the long-run demand or also to supply more demanding customers.

Boluoc et al.,(2013) clearly demonstrate and explain how the processing of hemp stra into usable fibers and hurds is both costly and technically difficult, concluding that among the major challenges the definition of the end-use and planning and realizing sales are central, while Zucchini(2014), Voase (2014) and Robinson

31 Technical fibres is the terminology used for fibres that are destinaated for technical or industrial uses, not for textile od paeprmaking use such asnon-woven products (mats of different thickness), Hemp wool insulation ; Inclusion in compounds plastics, geotextiles

(2014) suggests that the cleaness of the fiber is the most pressing issue for nowadays processing plant and potetntial markets.

INVESTMENTSThe cost of a Fibre processing plant vary greatly according to the sophistication, scale, volume of material processed, rate of throughput and the degree of refinement of the end-product (Boluoc et al.,2013) some figures are listed in eTable -, even if each palnt have to be assessed specifically, while renovating old plant can be another solution.

THEORETICALPRODUCTION

PRODUCTION PERYEAR

COST SOURCE

1,5 t/h 4000/6000 t straw/ year 3Mln Euros (2005 Figures)

Nova-Institut quoted in Boluoc et al.(2013)

5 t/h 5Mln Euros (Boluoc et al.,2013)

2,5/3 t/h 2400/3000 t straw/year(based on 20h/week/1

2 Mln Euros ATB (2013)

Operating costs (Table - ) given by Boluoc et al.(2013), Zucchini (2014), Rhydwen (2006) are sourced from European hemp producers thatestimate that 1 person is needed for 2000 t of straw/year, with 100-150 kWrequired for 1 t of straw (with conditioning of hurds) and 2 qualified wotkers for specific maintenance would result in a cost between 120 and 150 Euros /t .

APPENDIX 16 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF HEMP CULTIVATION

Tackling soil loss and degradation, capturing carbon from the atmosphere and exiting from vulnerability of monocdtures32 can be a main driver for larger scale adoption via successful expreinces and prosperity. hempdemonstrates a number of environmental and agronomic strengths(Bouloc and van der Werf,2013) it covers the gound quicly and suppress other weeds, nearly eliminating the need for herbicides.Regarding fertilizers it's suggested to add modest amount of nitrogen, especially if seeds are grown.It roots arevery deep and ramified, and are able to catch mineralized nitrogen deposited during summer.In France there are no disease capable of signifiacnt losses (Bouloc and van der Werf,2013) alhough example from other countries can be found, even if extremely rare, as in the south Italy in 2014.because of this there is no need fopr phytosanitary interventyions during the growing cycle )(FNPC,20202)PG 279 Hemp suffers more wet than dry soils or periods, and if grown for straw , according to the weather, could be not irrigated(Bouloc and van der Werf,2013), only occasionally if grown for dual crop purposes.After harvesting, because of the root structure, the soil remains aereated, cleaner of weeds and loosed for some depth(Bouloc and van der Werf,2013)It can be said that it is a excellent crop to follow and can improvethe yield of following crops such as wheat (FNPC,2002; Gorchs and lloveras, 2003; Tolhurst,2014)

A study from van der Werf (2013), conuscted in Brittany compared different crops pollution with hemp.

32 possibly also from disease and pest outbreaks linked to antibiotic resistance.

After that wave of research, many other investigations of the potetntials of hemp has been done, demonstrating the potetntial for environment restoration, more circular possibilities and its contribution to the harmful GHGeffects.Since, methodologically speaking, the products that have a lifecyle shorter than 1 years (seeds and roots) should be not taken into account for carbon storage calculation (Bouloc,2013) only the straw-derived product will be considered, thererfore 1 ha of hemp straw can lock up around 3,06 t of CO2.

Hemp contains approximately 45% of the atmosferice carbon taken up during photosynthesisIt must be said that no exact trial have been done yet and the overall carbon stored and consumed bydecomposition processes (E.G. leaves or roots)

APPENDIX 17 HEMP AND BINDERHemp is replacing quarried materials in the masonry and the energy used in planting, harvesting and processing is quite low. Unlike synthetic fossil fuel based buildingmaterials hemp masonry does not emit toxic chemicals during manufacture and unlike other masonry materials it does not require kiln baking. It is a very effective way tocapture and store CO2 in buildings.However it is naive to assume that any hemp and binder mixed together will produce reliable results.Cementitious or lime binders that have not been designedto be used with hemp may produce unacceptable results(Benhaim, no date).Binders of hemp-lime can vary depending on the intended purpose, desired characteristics and the location. Usually they consist of a lime base (possibly air lime or formulated lime) mixed with pozzolans, cementitious materials and other additives including additional hydraulic lime. Cement binders were initially trialled but their hydraulic nature competed with the high absorptivity of the shiv, reducing availability of hydration water, resulting in a powdery poor quality material. Lime-based binders were found to work much better for many reasons presented in Evrard and De Herde

A hydrated lime sets and hardens through carbonation, a process that requires a much smaller amount of

water. The permeability of hydrated lime facilitates the drying of the entire wall not just the surface.

The pH of lime is very high and prevents mould growth on the shiv and the timber frame.

As with many uses of lime over cement its flexibility allows some distortion of the wall without cracking.

The thermal conductivity of a hemp-lime wall is lower than if it were made with cement.

method of manufacture: CAST IN SITU vs SPRAYING

Both methods of construction have appropriate uses and are versatile in their own right, to pick a preferred method would involve considering all aspects of the project and how the method can be tailored to suit. Bevan, et al., [8] suggest the cast in-situ method for houses smaller than 70m3 and a sprayed method for anything larger when considering the time involved. However it is still to be fully understood how the performance of the different materials produced by the respective methods differ.

6.1 Versatility Sprayed techniques are unique to the cast method in that the hemp can be sprayed onto any material and stick to most. This becomes very useful in renovations where it would be hard to cast up to an in-place ceiling. Casting is perceived as slow but as revealed at the Haverhill project it depends on the experience of the contractors [12], the number of labours / mixers and the logistics of the site. applications

Other use of hurds can be when it's poured or pressure-driven poured as a space-filling-insulating agent(Bouloc,2013).

The machinary required can be costly but can be a new business opportunity for entrepeneurs (e.g ending).

CONCLUSIONS

Spraying is suitable in certain situations but control over the consistency of the material is dependent on the quality of the mixing nozzle and there is minimal control over the density /compaction of the material, whereas cast in-situ materials are able to be tailored to the required purpose through hand placement. There is still much to be discovered about the differences between sprayed and cast methods, with emphasis on controlling water. A detailed investigation into the drying times and formulation consistency of these methods is being undertaken; exploring the particle/binder interaction of spraying and considering how the formulation of cast methods can be tailored to reduce the amount of water necessary. This will inform thechoice of method and provide certainty of the material’s performance, in turn promoting the use of hemp-limeas a choice construction material available to a wider community.

Pro Cons

Construction

Simpler construction than traditional timber frame, less stages

Short construction season (Feb-Sept)

Homogenous structure – airtightness – ideal surface onto which to render/plaster

Long drying time

low risk of thermal bridging Labour intensive construction - time involved

No risk of insulation slumping within the wall leaving air voids of un-insulated wall

Inexperience of contractor can cause complications – some care and training needs to be taken

Low skilled construction method (NB*) Lack of supporting or data in agreement on the protocols of best practice to aid first time users of thematerial

Performance

Good thermal performance Partially reduced insulation properties id too wet

Damping of temperature fluctuations Externally the ation of binder have to be inceased

Breathable wall - humidity regulation and passive control of internal environment

Reasonable acoustical performance

Excellent fire resistance (chars)

Structural

Additional stiffness provided to timber frame and protection by alkaline environment

Not load supporting

Lighter construction makes foundation of building less extensive and thus more ecological.

Long carbonation time, to reach full strength

Environmental

Low embodied energy Logistics – storage and transport of high volumes of materials

Recyclability of waste materials as well as end of life building

Once casted or sprayed , the hemp-lime wall needs to be protected from rain and drying out too quickly: extreme sun, strong winds; because water is integral to the setting of the hydraulic components of the binder.Once this process is complete the full depth of the wall needs to dry out, this can take at least 4 weeks and achieved best if no finishes such as render/plaster are applied.this is a major implication for organizing a building initiative and requires adequated planning.

APPENDIX 18 EXAMPLE OF BUILDING WITH HEMP

APPENDIX 19 HEMPWOOL INTRODUCTION: PERFORMANCES

THERMAL AMND HYGROSCOPIC CHARACTERISTICS

Air Water Hemp wool Synthetic wool

Density ρ (kg/m3)

1,2 1000 35 35

Thermal conductivity λ (W/m/K)

0,03 0,6 0,05 0,04

Thermal resistance R= e/λ (m2/K/W

4 0,2 2,1 2,4

Table – Characteristic values of the materials

Important feature is that hemp fibres are porous by nature and differ from others insulating wools(Bouloc,2013). Therefore is essential that once installed, it must be alowed to breathe “naturally”, in order to balance moisture exchange with the environment to don't affect negatively thermal and durability characteristics.

Table – Thermal properties of some building materials, inclusing hemp wool (Latif,2013)

As said previouslpy moisture problems have two dimensions: indoor and structural moisture problem. Indoor moisture problems are more severe than structural moisture problem (Tsongas, 2009; Coleridge,2014). Condensation inside the building envelope can deteriorate the performance of the building structure and the building components.

Various reasons can support mould growth in building materials, most are related to humidity, dampness andnutrients'supply. Nykter (2006) focused on the microbial quality and microbial risks in the raw material's production chains for hemp and flax fibres into fibrous insulation products. The main findings are highligthed in table -

Humidity and wetness encourage the formation of spores in the fibres.

Limit value for equilibrium relative humidity for fungal growth in building material is 70% -90%, depending on materials and fungal species.

Dry weather encourages distribution of spores in air, not humid weather.

Mould needs little amount of nutrient to colonise and multiply.

Flax and hemp bio insulations already contain microbes through processing chain.

Humidity level and required exposure time for mould growth is higher for mineral insulation than bio-based insulations.

Water damaged and aged organic materials containing cellulose are most susceptible to mould growth.

Not only spores but also fungal fragments are released into air from contaminated insulation materials.

Hemp fibres contain cellulose, hemicelluloses and lignin. Due to containing nutrient in the matrix, it is difficult to remove microbes completely from these insulations even by using anti- fungal agents. However, fungal growth can be regulated.

If amount of nutrient are minimized during retting of crop, the processed fibre becomes better fungal resistant.

Table- Highlight form Nykter's study (2006)

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Even if logistically speaking it makes sense to fill the veichle , pressing in more hemp wool, transportation must be coherently prepared, as too much compressive forces do not allow hemp to recover its original shape and geometry, therefore hampering its properties.

.it is possible to reach levels of compression of 60%. It appear that over that levels some permanent distortion happen

Laboratory tests have characterized the properties under compression and traction resistances. A very high resistance to traction is shown in Figure – (e.g. to make more sense of the old fashioned ropes for big ships).

At a density of 60 kg/m3 and a thickness of 45 cm the breaking point is 900kN (Bouloc,2013). This mean that a 9cm wide strip can resist to a 90 kg weigth.

The implication for the installation are that it 's easy to use and manage, as well as safe, and does not require any particular precautions, but also that is hard to cut because its mechanical resistance.

During installation the fibres are subject to traction, while after installation the wool should be not changed

easily or modified (Bouloc,2013) The compression and extension tests of hempwool, as shown in figure – tellmore about its elastic properties with little residual distortion.

AREAS OF APPLICATION

The application range of hempwool fibre products is similar to the commonly avaialable synthetic ones.(Bouloc,2013)Hempwool can be used in many applications (Table - )

Over floorboards or insteaed of floorboards in roofspace

It can be applied directly to the floorboard(wheter thisbe floorboards on top of joists or a solid concrete floor)in one or two layers. It can also be applied between the joists in two directions (the first across the joists, the second at rigth angles to them)

Underneath the floor Whete wood or mansonry it can be installed beneaththe floor on a frame

Loft spaces and loft conversions On a traditional wooden frame, hemp wool is placed in two layers below the external covering, it can be also be used in 1,2 layers in truss roofs or even in pitched roofs for loft conversion (where protective mebrane could be considered between hempwool and the facing), in all cases is important that ventilation is provided between the hemp wool and the outer shell of the roof and that joinsts and exstremmities are weatherproofed.

Wall construction, both solid and partition walls It can be used assemi-rigid panels:-between the frame and the wall, where the frame is made of wood;-in in cavity walls or on a metal frame, in the case of walls made of bricks or breeze blocks.

The recent PhD research from Latif (2013) have underlined several positive outcomes of using Hemp as insulating material and several ways to advance the applied research of this type of insulation and its testing.(table -)

Hemp insulation, compared to stone wool insulation, reduces the frequency and magnitude of interstitial condensation in the building envelope.

The average equivalent thermal conductivity values of hemp insulations do not exceed the manufacturers’ declared thermal conductivity values

The average equivalent thermal conductivity values of hemp insulations are similar for timber frame constructions, both with and without a vapour barrier.

In situ thermal conductivity values of any hemp insulation can depend on the placement of the heat flux meter, either on the inner surface or on the junction between the exterior surface of the insulation and the oriented strand board (OSB).

Analysis of hygrothermal data of the in situ experiments and hygrothermal simulations show that there is a likelihood of interstitial mould growth in the interfaces between the exterior surface of the insulation and the oriented strand board (OSB) regardless of whether the walls have or not a vapour barrier. This finding applies to both hemp and stone wool insulations.

Table – Major findings from Latif (2013)

APPENDIX 20

GROWING BENEFITS: Nutritional importance

Hemp seeds is the fruit of the cannabis sativa plant and could be the first known use by humans in history, as attractive commodity since neolithic times (Benhaim,2000).

Hemp seed and oil are also a great source of several critical mineral nutrients and vitamins.(PRESS RELEASE HURTH) and its products are steadily increasing in relevance in alimentary applications but also for the use is cosmetics(Bouloc,2013; )

Hemp foods contain good qualities of soluble and insoluble fibers, and are great source of quality vegetable proteins and can be considered an alternative to soy products, since concerns about safety from GM contamination has been recently growing(Benhaim,no date).

Hemp's fatty acid spectrum is unique, and this is not excessive enthusiasm but rather evidence based knowledge. Even if it is claimed that hemp food nutrition research it's still at its infacny (Bouloc,2013) compared to other oilseeds, the results shown considerable health benefits.

The seeds can be used for heath markets applications (Meakin, 2007) and they are emerging as a dominanthemp.And are increasingly sold to bakeries and manufacturers of nutrition bars and packaged to consumer (Bouloc,2013)

Especially the seed production for the food and feed markets is growing fast: In Canada, more

than 36,000 ha (+25%) Hemp is cultivated for seeds in 2014 and in 2015, the area is evenexpected to reach 50,000 ha (+28%). 95% of the 18,000 t seeds (from harvest 2014) target thefood markets,especially the U.S. food market.But also Europe reached a new record in Hemp seed production with 9,000 t in 2013. Combined with importsfrom China, the consumption increased to a new record of 17,900t. In contrast to North America, 80% were used for fish and bird feed, and only 20% for food. (PRESS RELEASE HURTH) faostat.fao.org worrld production of hemp seedsDEHULLED SEEDSOtherwise known as shelled hemp seeds – these are the tastiest and mostpure way to enjoy the drug-free nutritional qualities of hemp seeds. Acomplete protein (35%), omega 6 and omega 3 Essential Fatty Acids(35%) and is a source of GLA (1%).According to Benhaim(2000) a future of hemp foods is given by the use of “soft, nutyy helled hemp seeds.” he then also suggests that thanks to rising technology and communication possibilieties, this can be achieved as the movement become more important and the networks synergically stonger.

The seeds can be eaten as nuts, or crushed to release either a food grade or an industrial grade oil. This oil cm be consumed as a food or processed into cosmetics, or for industrial purposes as a drying agent for paints. The oil can be also the source for produccing bio-fuels, but the quality of the product itself could provide reasins to “lock” its use to the human consumption.The balance of omega-3, omega-6 is easily a compettive advantage in respect to other oils.Its oil has an outstanding fatty acid spectrum; (PRESS RELEASE HURTH)

Other nutritional advantages of hemp seeds is that they contain low levels of gamma-linoleic acid(GLA) in a form that can be consumed in seeds or oil.Hemp contain also stereodonic acid, which is another very useful fatty acid (Meakin, 2007).typical fatty acid range of hemp seed oil from Finola (Meakin, 2007) is shown in table -

Fatty acid Content(%)

16:0 5,8

18:0 2,5

18:2 (Linoleic) 54,2

18: 3 (Alpha Linoleic) 19,5

18:3(Gamma Linoleic- GLA) 4,4

18:4 1,7

20:0 0,8

29:1 0,4

22:0 0,4

others 10

Table – Fatty acid type and content for Finola variety

OTHER NUTS AND SEEDS COMPARISON

It contains useful minerals.Hemp is a good source of Manganese which help the assimilation of EFAs it contains. protein content 25% As a seed or a nut it has good contents of Zinc Calcium Iron and Vitamin A

high in dietary fibre high in mthionine (Benhaim,2000). And the absence of typsin inhibitory activity is a major advantages over soybean's protein. 60% of Linoleic (LN) and 20% Linolenic acid (LNA) with a ratio 3:1of theses EFAs considered the optimum balance also by Dr. UDO ERASMUS

Source LA:LNA RATIO

Hemp seed oiol 3:1

Soybean oil 8:1

Olive oil 9:1

Canola oil 2:1

Wheatgerm 10:1

Sunflower oil 71:1

Flax seed oil 1:4

Table – H.E.M.P. BYBenhaim

It has more valuable in terms of concentrated nutrients than soybean and contain higly digestible proteins (around 25%) while, according to Benhaim(2000) it tastes better than flax and soybean oil.

Fatty acids in % oil

Linoleic – Omega 6

Linolenic – Omega 3

Ratio of omegas 6:3

Stereodonic GLA

FIN- 314 53,46 18,75 2,85 1,53 4,22

Fedora 19 55,4 17,8 3,11 0,86 2,19

Fedrina 74 55,34 18,03 3,07 0,93 2,41

Felina 31 55,43 18,09 3,06 0,81 2,16

Zolo 11 55,59 17,42 3,19 0,85 2,22

Zolo 13 56,11 17,99 3,12 0,07 2,51

Table – Essential fatty acids % in oil, and ration between omegas 6-3. Source by the author, data from Thunder Bay Research station by Dr. Gordon Scheifele,1998 quoted in Benhaim , 2000.

(Prade et al., 2012; ).

Since it's high in triple-unsaturated fatty acids, hemp oil are very sensitive to oxydation, and it can goes

rancid if stored and processed properly(Bouloc,2013) further more it does not tolerate exposure to tempretaure above 150° C, so, as all oils (but at differents temperature) it develops off-flavours and unwanted byproducts(smoke point), runinig as well its health benefits. This last dowside is suggested more an issue in alimentary behaviours rather than a negative characteristic.

Hemp oil is high in polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs), Meakin(2007) suggest around 80% of its volume while Bouloc(2013) says 75%. They are a rich source of those fatty acids that must be ingested, since our body can't produce them, namely Linoleic acid (omega-6) and alpha-linoleic-acid (omega-3) (Meakin, 2007).

Organic Hemp Seed Oil is nature’s richest source of the Essential Fatty Acids and is a rich source of GLA (3%). Hemp Seed Oil is claimed to be preferable over flax seed oil as it offers a good balance of Omega 6 to Omega 3 fatty acids (3.75:1) . It taste a lot better than fish oils with a mild nutty flavour(growing hemp for profit) although different varieties can have more bitter or more grassy taste.(Bouloc,2013)

Hemp Seed CakeThe by-products of oil pressing and the husks of hulled hemp seed provide a product containing 30-50% protein as well as good amount of fats. This meal is routinely used in German bakeries as a flour. It is substituted for up to a quarter of the amount of regular flour. Beer has been brewed with this ingredient to add a nutty wholesome flavor (but watch out for those hemp beers that only use a hemp filter and actually contain no hemp at all!). The most popular use for this product is s animal feed. As most of the oil content stillcontains the EFAs and the meal is so high in protein, it offers superior option to other oilseed cakes. Before substituting regular animal feed with hemp cake, it is important to seek advice as it is best to mix this rich ingredient to proportions that depend on the animal’s particular nutritional needs. The seed is the vehicle of life. Continuation of the species is held within the seed. The seed is a magic crucible, containing life energy properties that we are only beginning to discover. The seed is alive. The seed shows us patience. Sometimes waiting 200 years (Indian lotus) before germination into something to be highly valued. Let us respect the seed and use it for its various purposes, as nature intended.(Benhaim,2000)SEEDCAKE

The seed-cake, lefi over fiom crushg is often used for animaland fish feed (Small, 1972).

Component Whole seed Seed Meal (after expelling the oil)

Oil (%) 35,5 11,1

Protein 24,8 33,5

Carbohydrates (%) 27,6 42,6

Moisture (%) 6,5 5,6

Ash (%) 5,6 7,2

Energy (kJ/100g) 2200,0 1700,0

Total dietary fibre (%) 27,6 42,2

Digestible fibre (%) 5,4 16,4

Non-digestable Fiibre (%) 22,2 26,2

Table – Nutritional Component of Hemp Seed and Hemp Meal, J.C. Callaway Euphytica

FLOUR- PROTEIN

When the seedcake is defatted and milled it can be sold as protein-rich fluor. Its protein is balanced and easily digested. (PRESS RELEASE HURTH)

PROTEIN, VITAMINS, MINERALS AND MICRONUTRIENTSAs it is in many specific characteristic in many uses of the plant, the scientific research aorund macronutrients and minerals and vitamins is ongoing(Bouloc,2013), but this section will reinforce the notion that hemp food is healthy food first. The compositions of the whole and hulled hemp seed are shown in figures – and -

Figure – Typical composition of whole hemp seed , where most carbohydrates are in the shell, made of non

digestible-fibres rather than sugar or starch (Bouloc,2013)

Figure – Typical composition of hulled hemp seed (Bouloc,2013)

PROTEINHemp's protein contains all 21 known and especially 9 essential amminoacids that our body can't prodce with a well balanced ratio (Bouloc,2013, Benhaim,2014). Unlike soya, it has similar lower proportion of leucine and lysine than meat egg white, as most of vegetable proteins(Bouloc,2013)In contrast it has higher content of arginine, an amminoacid that relax blood vessel and thus enhance cardiovascular activity.A heatlhy life come from different activities, in this case integrating this protein in more balanced diets can beconsidered health promotion.

MINERALS AND VITAMINSTable – shows how hemp seed can be considered even more nutrients dense and can help with the integration of various elements, related to daily suggested intake.Magnesium is among the most important content in seeds, Bouloc(2013) claim that this is particularly deficient in westeners diets and supplementary dietary pills.Like other nuts hemp seeds are nmot muc rich in vitamin A and D (this can be created by exposure at sunligth)(Bouloc,2013).Vitamin E33 is not highly present while the B's vitamins as weel as manganese, phosporous and potassium areabundant in hemp seeds and

Whole seeds Hulled seeds (nuts)

33 The method used , Bouloc(2013) says, do not calculate the tocopherols(members of the E vitamin family) are converted in vitamin E equivalents, hemp oil has not so much alpha-tocopherol, while it has high levels of gamma-tocopherol, a strong antioxydant, with anti cancirogenic properties.

Ash 6%

Moisture 5%

Fat 32%

Protein 23%

Carbohydrates 34%

Ash 6%

Moisture 5%

Fat 44%

Protein 33%

Carbohydrates 12%

RDI (mg/day) Mg/100g 30 g seeds = %RDI

Mg /100 g 30 g nuts = RDI (%)

Energy 2000 kCal 5 kCal/g 150 kCal/g 5,6 kCal/g 170 kCal (8.5%)

Phosporous 1000 1100 33 1600 48

Potassium 2000 900 14 1100 17

Magnesium 400 450 34 670 50

Calcium 1000 150 5 80 2

Iron 18 12 20 11 18

Manganese 5 10 60 10 60

Zinc 15 7 14 11 22

Copper 2 1 15 0,5 8

Thiamine (B1) 1,5 1,3 26 1,3 26

Riboflavin (B2) 1,7 1,2 21 1,2 21

Pyroxidine (B6) 2 0,5 8 0,5 8

Vitamin C 60 1,7 1 1,7 1

Vitamin E 30 6 6 8 8

Table – concentrastions of vitamins and minerals in hemp seeds and nuts Sources: various supplier of hemp foods; Callaway, 2004 , FDA(US Drug and Food administration), list of reference daily intakes (RDI)

APPENDIX 21 THE OPEN PARDADIGM: COLLECTIVE INTELLIGENCE, NETWORKED SCIENCE AND THE CASE FOR APPROPRIATE TECHNOLOGY

Today, Internet technologies and renewable energies are beginning to merge, creating a new industrial infrastructures for a “Third Industrial Revolution”(Rifkin,2013). Movements with the open source paradigm are gaining momentum, with Nielsen (2010) suggesting that what is happening is a still slow revolution that isgathering momentum with “most people alive having no idea of the great transformation going on” . We are currently approaching (if not already reached) a turning point from pre-network science era and networked science era that have great potetnials to enhcnce or lives.Historically speaking, in the last two/three decades the access to knowledge expanded amanzingly leading a brand-new situations, with finding meaning of this situation becoming important too(Nielsen,2010). The use of the Internet, as example, has skyrocketed in the last 20 years(figure 13), revolutionising global interconnectedness and opening up a true notion of “global commons” for nearly all ofthe, alaways more globalized, world (Keeping track,2012) with the Open access as a relevent platform though which we can build new institutions for the betterment of society (Nielsen,2010). This new tool arising from this paradigm are both intagible, as open source software and tangible as open source hardware. This innovations often offeris alternative to the traditional industrial status quo,eventuallywith bottom-up and open approaches.

Open source Software and Networks IntellingenceIt's claimed that online tools can apliyfy our collective integllingence being cognitive tools, with many clear examples of citizen science contributing to the shift of relationhip between science and society34. Examples that have enabled scientific “architecture of attention”to go beyond what is possible in offline methods of collaborations can be found easily(Nielsen,2010) .This has positive implications for the development of so-called “citizens’ science” networks for local and

34 Wikipedia, Galaxy Zoo, Hap Map,http://nutrientdenseproject.com/

instantaneous monitoring of various phenomena and collective scientific projects and plaftorms, with wikipedia as clear example. Open software movement is another example of the effectinvess of this open networked initiative, with neutral technical assessment often pointing out that open source software is usually superior quality to the software developed by one of the most powerful companies (Bonacorsi and Rossi,2003)

Rifkin(2013) underline the importance of(re)education of eentrepreneurs and managers in order to take advantage of cutting edge business models, including distributed and collaborative research and development strategies, open source and networked commerce, performance contracting, shared savings agreements, and sustainable low carbon logistics with lean supply chain management.

The open source science's opinion by the academics is shifting toward open access sources, (e.g. DOAR, Springer open choice for environment development and sustainability) and if If the Open Hardware movement is gaining momentum underlining the 'shared makeability' of a physical product, the Open Designconcept and movement has an even much wider applicability of 'designing' together.(Bauwens,2012)Regarding the design contribution with such online platform and tools for the hemp model, it must be said that good creative collaboration can create qualitiative change, while achieving critical mass of people that are cognitively diverse and committed could fill most microexpertise gaps when it's needed thus enablis such.Potentials arising from scaling up collaboration35 can benefit a collaborative debate about the hemp model issues of scalability and exportability to achieve larger adoption and awareness. This could bebetter solved if divided in sub-categories where tasks are split and microexperitse can act more effectively.(Nielsen,2010) as the Toscanapa open source website's blog is organized. The initiative hasn't achieves the critical mass yet.

The layout of intelligent networks will also require a fit for purpose regulatory framework(Rifkin, 2013) as well as the development of appropriate interoperability standards among EU, Member States, regions, provinces, industry and communities which have all a role to play in fostering the digitalisation of business processes and in developing the industrial dimension of the digital agenda.

This approach could simplify the administration of collaboratively organizing information, project examples, best practices, or how to knowledge source(Pearce,2012).and is likely to expand vastly since other organizations utilize its information transfer and collaboration capabilities.

Fostering an open and community driven model could enhance social innovations through prosperous entrepreneurship, also in rural areas. An effective platform which provide know-how, strategic suppliers and p2p[1] trading can succeed in create a short and effective IHVC.

hardwareTechnological change have occurred before in the industrial age , started with innovations as the steam engine in the 18th century , railways, steel, electrification or telecommunication in the 19th century; and the auto-industry, air trasport, synthetic fibres and television and many others in the first half of the 20 th century. (Senge and Carstedt,2001)Technological development has enabled mankind to achieve successes in many fields, and nowadayws it is developing faster than ever (pearce,2012) withadvances in technology create ever greater opportunitiesto accelerate the transition towards more sustainable practices and behaviour.On the other hand, following the linear pattern, a growing obsolescence of devices increases the amounts of electronic waste, containing hazardous chemical compounds used in the fabrication process, causing significant environmental and health impacts and poses enormous challenges for recycling (UNEP 2005b quoted in UNEP,2011).Accoding to Castro((2012)a reorganization of existing technologies on a basis of different than the one proposed by growth economies, wherter capitalistic o soviet-style, coupled with efforts dedicated to technological innovation aimed at reducing global human suffeing as wekll as reversingthe disruption of no0n-human world would be instrumental in improvin g humanity's prospect.

35(with the logic pattern of first modularizing it, then encouranging small contribution for the aiming at developing rich and manage a well structured information commons)

Nowadays there are more technical PhDs, scientists and engeneers than ever. Pearce (2012) discuss the rate of growth of papers and journals that are available every year,highligthing that most of this research still belong to a restricted and closed model of technological development and does not relate directly to sustainable development issues.This model of science, according to Pearce(2012) is morally nand ethically responsible for unacceptable levels of hiuman sufferings, since many technologies that could save lifes are not accessible to those who needs them. Accessability is often restricted by costs of access and companies patent laws.(Bauwens,2012; Nielsen,2010; Pearce,2012)Appropriate technology development can benefit greatly from open source models.(Pearce,2012) and a solution to this general problem of access to technology's information for sustainable development-related targets is represented by the open source appropriate technology.(Pearce,2012) as example the open hardware movement really took off in 2005 with the advent of the popular Arduino microcontroller(Bauwens,2012).

Open source appropriate technology (OSAT) refers to technologies that provide for sustainable developmentwhile being designed in the same fashion as free and open source software (Buitenhuis,2010).The terminology was first treated by Shumacher (1973).“Appropriate technology can be defined as those technologies that are easily and economically utilized from readily available resources by local communities to meet their needs.”The essential feature of appropriate technology is that merge the TBL dimensions with cultural and educational resource all within the limits of local community (Buitenhuis et al.2010)Copirigth, patents and trademarks can be groupes under the “intellectual property” umbella-term(Pearce,2012) with monopoly rigths don't enabling others to use the information, slowing down innovations.The Appropriate technology issue poses the unavoidable ethical and moral dilemma of the acceptability of limiting informations, and technology, that can save life to a limited group of people.(Pearce,2012)OSAT allow the end of intellectual property lock-in (Pearce,2012) which is truly relevant for improving quality of life in the developing world, but can also trigger a maker econopmy in our western societies, pursuing TBL goals.

Today reseach istitute, community, NGO and working on innovative technologies, aiming at a more sustainable development, quitting the excesses of the consumerism society (Pearce,2012)OSAP can truly become a alternative paradigm to the intellectual property model, which is the dominating one from the industrial revolution (Pearce,2012).

Sustainability Potential of Open Hardware

Fistly open hardware can be sustainable because its innovations can't be privatized and shelved.Secondly, participants in open design communities do not have an incentive for including plannedobsolesence in their design practices. This means that any business partner in such an open ecology,who used shared designs for producing services or make and sell products, has to use designs that areinherently more sustainable than proprietary designs. Any commercial improvements that need to bemade, will be based on this level playing field of an optimally sustainable design.The third factor that makes shared design hardware a contributor to sustainability lies in the designphilosophy of production itself. Open design communities do not only think differently about theproduct or service they are working on, but they also think differently about the production processthat is needed to produce those designs in the physical world. This is because designers are inherentlyinterested in 'designing-for-making', and therefore they are interested in lowering the threshold ofparticipation, minimising the capital requirements and level of centralisation that is required. TheWikiSpeed project is a good example of that new logic of design and production.

X. Open Hardware As A Social MovementThe distributed manufacturing movement is also connected with fast-growing social movements suchas the Maker Movement and its “Maker Faires”, and the DIYBio movement, each of which is alsocreating its own infrastructures, including physical meetup spaces both permanent and temporary.

Lastly some images of replicable hardware tha will save further increase coordination efforts but could createsavings .Farmhack, nurtient dense project or appropedia are key resources for collaborative solutions in sustainability,poverty reductiona and collaboration on the internet (Pearce,2012) that could be extremely useful to hemp famers o manufacturers as wellFarm hack is a great source of tools and hints on how to be low-tech, low carbon, and maybe more fitter. It might reduce labor costs and efforts. Ther are plenty of solutions available.http://farmhack.net/tools

http://farmhack.net/tools/encyclopedia-practical-farm-knowledge

Another useful initiative could be Open Source Ecology.This movement is creating a basic tool for modern civilization. The Global Village Construction Set (GVCS) isa modular, DIY, low-cost, high-performance platform that allows for the easy fabrication of the 50 different Industrial Machines that it takes to build a small, sustainable civilization with modern comforts. We’re developing open source industrial machines that can be made at a fraction of commercial costs, and sharing our designs online for free.

From their website

OSE is developing 50 machines of the Global Village Construction Set via module-based design.This means that we break machines down into modules, and each module can be developed in parallel with other modules. For this to happen, one must document how these modules fit together – which is the Interface Design.

Scalable, modular documentation is key to OSE’s workThe documentation repository for the 50 GVCS machines is at the OSE Dozuki site. Dozuki uses an open, XML-based document standard for instruction manuals, oManual. Related machines other than the 50 GVCS tools are found under Other. We use Trovebox to store all our pictures, and we upload video to YouTube in realtime

Economic feasibility is a validation of the effectiveness of products. Just like we are creating construction sets for machines, we are creating a construction set for enterprise.

Open documentation and development provides a good foundation for developing enterprise. The promise ofopen is that innovation can be accelerated to an unprecedented rate. Open makes lean operation possible, including the ready ability to invite external contributors. Open development attracts contributors because of its ethical advantage – because openness is compatible with the common good. Both an ethical and practicaladvantage comes to the fore when open development results in the solution of wicked problems.

With open processes, the energy spent on protectionism is eliminated. Protectionism manifests itself in competitive waste – such as poor internal communication, power struggles in organizations, use of expensive hardware and software, high intellectual property costs, and in general a higher overhead because of added complexity. These points indicate that the open source business model can be more effective for the bottom line, while meeting social objectives.

http://opensourceecology.org/development/

OPEN HADWARE FOR HEMP MODELOne area of technology for the development of open source technology is directly useful to the Hemp model proposed and could be considered an innovative contribution to the initiative's resilence and effectinvess.

some suppliers of hemp processing machine can be found on Alibaba http://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/hemp-decorticator-hemp-fiber-processing-machine_1797875104.htmlhttp://www.alibaba.com/product-detail/Hemp-Fiber-Processing-Machine_2001420171.html

Specification of Hemp Seed Processing Machine:Model

No.Capacity(T/H) Power(KW) Weight(KG) Sieve

SizeDimensions(MM) Remarks

5XZC-5DH

5 7.74 1.6 2000×1000

4970×1900×3100 With cyclone dustseparator

5XZC-7.5D

7.5 10.1 1.7 2400×1250

5150×2160×3500

5XZC-15 10 10.5 1.8 2400×1500

5400×2350×3500

figuressome replicable oilpress machine with open source hardware

Another great example on how to obtain effective results in agriculture without pollution or excessive labor fource is the use of low tech tools and machinery, as the cable agriculture.the”Agricultural traction system with cable and hoists” patented under US 8763714 B2 is a good example

“An agricultural traction system having a) two agricultural machineries, respectively one left-handed

machinery and one right-handed machinery, each machinery having a rectilinear frame having four corners,

four wheels, each attached to one of the four corners of the rectilinear frame, a driving and reversible control

unit mounted on the frame between two adjacent wheels of the four wheels, a hoist connected to the frame

and provided with a safety clutch, jacks arranged on one side of the frame and configured to steady the

machinery, counterweights, arranged on another side of the frame, opposite to the side of the frame on

which the jacks are arranged, and means, provided inside the control unit, for independent and remote

automatic driving, b) a cable configured to wind and unwind around respective hoists of the two machineries,

c) an agricultural tool that moves along the cable as the cable winds and unwinds around the hoists; and d) a

telescopic arm attached to the agricultural tool and configured to extend the cable during movement of the

agricultural tool along the cable.”

APPENDIX 22QUESTIONNAIRES FOR MERGING THEORY AND PRACTICE WITH EXPERIENCES FROM THE

SECTOR.

INTRODUCTIONSince the research time, scope limitations , the questionnaire haven't been considered the central part of theresearch. The questionnaire has been tested only one time and has been sent to more than hundred of selected global Hemp stakeholders, of which 11 answered.They are major stakeholders and many of them have relevant experience in the hemp fields (methaporicfally and literally speaking).The creation of the qualitative questionnaires have been eased by a dedicated coursera course, (Conrad and Kreuter, 2014) which eased a non familiar field such as social survey design.Furthermore one pre-testing questionnaire has been done, in order to identify and reduce errors such as specification, operationalization and measurement errors.

Shaun W. Crew /Canada CEO http://www.hempoilcan.com/

Joe Spencer / U.S.Director Hemp Broker Europe and

http://albanianhemp.com/

Steve Allin / Irelandhttp://www.hempbuilding.com/consultancy.shtml

and http://internationalhempbuilding.org/

Hans van der Vorst / Netherland http://www.kalkhennepnederland.nl/

Nick Voase* / UK Owner http://kjvoaseandson.co.uk/

Doug Fine / U.S http://dougfine.com/

Pierre Amadieu / France https://github.com/OpenHemp/OpenHemp

Miha Štefe / Slovenia Entrepreneur http://www.wiseworld2012.com/

Valerio Zucchini / ItalyConsultant http://www.valeriozucchini.com/index-

en.html

Paolo Ronchetti / Italy http://www.equilibrium-bioedilizia.it/it

Daniel Kruse / Germany http://www.hempoint.cz/en/

Hana Gabrielovà / Czech Republic http://www.hempoint.cz/en/

MAJOR HEMP STAKEHOLDERS INTERVIEWED

CHANNELS-MODEThe channels selected was coceived to be the most appropriate as the research would have benefitted by some relevant considerations from experts but the main points was developed by the author with anothe methodology behind.The asnwers have been collected in three different ways. It could be said that a mixed-mode, to get as much as possible of major stakeholder's qualitative questionnaires answers, have been used.As example some respondents have been contacted first personally -at IHBC(Machynlleth) in April 2014 or atWHC(Lendava) in August 2014- and then a Skype chat has ben carried out, to then write down respopndentsanswers.Another mixd -mode version has been mail first for then arranging a Skype chat. A third mode, not dfined as mixed has been carried out personally, consisted in face-to-face interview and recording, for then translatingthe conversation.Th mixd mode hav shown several positive aspcts, among which it have maximized response rates and reduced the costs, whil maximize the efficiency, spcially in th tigth dissertation time schdule.

On the other hand some negativ aspects regards th mode effects on the quality of th asnwers. Conrad and Kreuter, 2014) suggets that if different people are recruited by different modes, th different people could answer differently to different modes, thus creating potential respons errors.

COMMENTS ON ANSWERING RATE AND QUESTION ORDERSinc e there was no reward to fill the questionnaire, except the referencing of the organization/ person among the market experts called “major stakeholders” and the personal gratitute for the answer.There has been 10 relevant questions, to create a 5-10 minut questionnaire that could fit with most organization tigth schedule.Most of the questionnaires have been sent at the End of October, beginning of November, to avoid overlapping with the Harvesting period and intense agenda of post harvest activities that many stakeholder reached had to carry on.

The question order has been critically assessed and decided before the first test questionnaire, submitted to Nick Voase during a direct visit in his farm in Yorkshire.(Conrad and Kreuter, 2014) (2014) suggests som fundamental criteria to select the rigth order(table - ) and has been followed as much as possible. Furthermore the order of the questions has been thougth specifically in order not produce particular bias in responses, even if is possible that some have occurred.

Question order suggestion Donea in the qualitative questionnaire

First questions should be relevant and easy

Questions should be grouped (into modules) so as to seem logical to the respondent

Yes (even if the short questionnaire did not allowed a marked separation)

Questions are effectively ordered from most salient to least salient (with respect to the survey topic)

Potentially objectionable questions are placed near the end

Table - Questions' order suggestions, (Conrad and Kreuter, 2014)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE QUESTIONNAIRE MODE In writing the contact mails and the questionnaire as well I have been trying to the subjective extent icould, to be “Respondent-Friendly”, even if also normal polite behaviour could be considered enough. In order to reduce unit of non responses and improves data quality, always considering that the effectivness of a questionnaire is driven also by other factors that could be addressed better such as visual impact through graphic design, more question-meaning research plus all marketing aspects that could be useful to reap more interest and therefore qualitativly higher quality of answers.The personal interest in the fields involved with hemp supply chains roles, especially with the tasks involved as a grower and as project manager make me confident and optimistic about my commitment, expressed by personal meeting with the respondents and expressed through e-mails. and from the e-mail sent . As example Conrad and Kreuter, (2014) suggests that if the questionnaire“If it looks like researchers care … respondents will feelthat it is worthwhile to spend their time on it” .

METHODS FOR IMPROVING ASWERS TO FACTUAL QUESTIONS AND DESIGN OF THE QUESTIONNAIREIn order to get as much information as possible the questionnaire length has been minimized, an adequate structure have been designed and critically assessed, according to the goal of the research some motivation have been trasmitted to respondents and te use of trigger questions have been used.In the design phase there has been attention to context effects regarding question wording, position of the

questions and presentation of the questionnaire.A context negative effect have resulted once changed the second questions from the “Voase” questions to the rest, probably because the ambigous term used such as “ integrated supply chani management” migth have created assimilation effects on the respondants retrieval and understanding of the question itself.

THE OPEN ENDED QUESTIONSOpen ended question have been used as well with the aim of getting unique or fuller and deeper answers, eliminating bias and open up the respondants to more informative answers.Some downsides were that it was surely the most time consuming questions and the hardest to analyze qualitatively, while also the administration also took more time.One of the open question regarded the most promising future perspective for hemp hurds, fibres and seeds. This created a ranking type of reasoning , all respondants

Table – Ranking vs. Rating differencies in questions according to Krosnick 2012, Source (Conrad and Kreuter, 2014) 2014

Q1:Please, can you tell me the reason that drives you into the Hemp business ?Rationale of the question:The first question, as suggested by questionnaire design for social surveys was easy and recalling the beginning of the respondants' experience in hemp business, in order to facilitate, theoretically, their mindset towards recontructing and assessing all their experience as hemp stakeholder.Nonetheless the answers highligth the motivational drivers that drove them into the hemp sectors.Assessment of the quality of the anwers:Respondants gave a wide array of motivations, and confirming the multi purposesity of the palnt, from whicha wide array of useful uses exists, with increasing perspectives. The question has been highly subjective andunit of measure can be used to describe the phenomena.Sincereintresting

Q2:ARE YOU ADOPTING INTEGRATED SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENTHAVE YOU GOT A MINIMUM/ MAXIMUM DISTANCE FOR YOUR BUSINESS?Rationale of the question:The aim was identifying and and understand the variables for the project manager role ragarding its is

claimed importance in the supply chain coordination, performances and

Assessment of the quality of the anwers:From the pre-testing the wording has been modified and this have probably generated some retrival and comprehension issues while also lack of knowledge about the topic context and meaning while the the lack of motivations due to lack of reward for the time spent is another factor affecting the quality of the answer.

Q3:HAVE YOU GOT A MINIMUM/ MAXIMUM DISTANCE FOR YOUR BUSINESS?Rationale of the question:The question came from the Rhydwen (2006) research suggestions and was motivated by the willingness to understand what was experts' consideration on transportation issues.Another rationale was to highligth the importance of market as drivers, regardless the geographic position.

Assessment of the quality of the anwers:The aswer informed bot aims of the questions, with the majority of the respondant having some indications. Then a comprehension issues was highligthed reagarding the issue that business range of a firm, for selling its products, can be quite different form the optimum distance between field and processing plant.The question could have been more specific about this difference but as the questionnaire was thougth to beeasy and immediate to answer therefore limiting detailed questions and explanations.Nonetheless useful insigths and numeric value for fuirther research have been gathered for the first time and represent a starting point for a LCA analysis of specific or generic transportation systems for hemp raw materials.

Q4:TO WHAT EXTENT DO COOPERATIVE RELATIONSHIP OPERATES IN YOUR BUSINESS MODEL ?Rationale of the question:The cooperative model interest, started from the knowledge that the biggest hemp initiative in France, amongleading country in Europe for hemp, was a cooperative. Then, from to the famous (and directly experienced) capacity of farmers to obtain yields but not so much bein master in marketing their product.Since a fair and equal gain on evironmental stewarship and social well-being through market approach seema logic outcome and ethos for this research the cooperative organizational model seems to be the one that most fit in this definitio, while the need to maximize the value and enahnce the TBL was also preliminary questions regardng how this form could apply to hemp supply chains.

Assessment of the quality of the anwers:Even if there are a lot of cooperative typologies and the question could have been more informed by NGCs knowledge (I did'nt knew so much before this research) the asnwers provided useful insigths on how current successful and skilled initiative use or have relationship with this organizational model.Furthermore the NGCs couls have created appraisal, comprehension and retrieval issues, since it is an emergent topic.Then a more complex question would have been time consuming and this couls have lowered the response rate.

Q5:CAN YOU TELL ME THE MAIN PROS AND CONS OF YOUR CURRENT BUSINESS ?Rationale of the question:The question was concieved to be clear, easy to respond, useful, not too compex and prepare the respondants to the last question.The ambiguity regarding the TBL specificity of pros and cons would have implied a more structured question but this, again, could have lowered respondant snwering rate.Also a general pros and cosns answer like the one proposed have the scope of gathering useful information regarding firt and most important thougth of the major stakeholder.

Assessment of the quality of the anwers:The answers highlight major issues that are driving current hemp markets or acting as a barries and are especially similar regarding markets conditions and potentials, therefore suggesting future research and

development efforts.

Q6:WHAT'S THE BIGGEST UPFRONT COST YOU HAVE FACED ? WHAT ABOUT VARIABLE COSTS ?Rationale of the question:Since it's claimed that hemp supply chains are expensive due to the cost of the processing plants and necessary machinery for cultuivation, the question aimed at understanding what are some major barriers for businesses,Even if not all the stakeholders were involved with such phases (cultivation and processing) the general approach to the question helped to gather some information regarding other typology of costs .

Assessment of the quality of the anwers:The understanding of “upfront” and “variable” goes in the same direction of other question. It could be further specified and explained but it could have had negative effects on respondants answer rate.Nonetheless the answer given confirmed the starting hypothesis, marking even more the need for research, development and fundng efforts in order to lower this barriers.

Q7:WHAT'S YOUR FUTURE PERSPECTIVES REGARDING INDUSTRIAL HEMP SHIV, FIBER AND SEED MARKETS?Rationale of the question:The assumption that the dual crop, stem and seed products, could be a nearfuture likely potetntial for Hemp supply chains form the basis of this question. The the three categories need to have profitable markets, in order to justify the model's investems or just a processing plant investments. The possibility that the experts' answer could inform and underline what the theory says about the potetntials of this products is also a a major rationale.The question is general because of above points and could have been specifically tailored to the alimentary and building sector but this would have had limitaing effects since not all the stakeholders are familiar with both sectors.

Assessment of the quality of the anwers:The answers ar almost all aligneds with the scope and rationale of the question, offering a useful and intresting perspective on current and future opportunities for this three hemp pcomponents.The questions that were not answering directly the question did answered indirectly giving broader perspective and other intresting point of view on the near future opportunities.

Q8: CONSIDERING THE RISING GLOBAL TRENDS TOWARDS LEGALIZATION OF THC VARIETIES, IS THERE A PARTICULAR MARKET YOU WILL CONSIDER IN THE FUTURE? Rationale of the question:Since the model proposed have evolved Rhydwen(2006) research, the update should also have involved thecurrent global marked movement towards legalization of THC rich strains (most notably Colorado, Uruguay, New country allowing cannabis social clubs). This movement have created new and fresh wave of research in medical benefits of certain cannabinoids present into hemp and support for the recreationalò use of this THC strains.The endocannabinoid system discovery and various medial studies certify the potetntial and importance for medical reason while the cannabis culture enjoy this emergence to claim its rigths. Seeking an answer form experts of the “Industrial” Hemp was a way to assess what professional think of this issue and the rationale was to include th discussion, even if briefly, of this other capability of the hemp plant in the research.

Assessment of the quality of the anwers: The respondantsunivocally understood the question and the responses answered the rationales of the question, giving eveidence of the importance and considerations by the experts oin regards to the THC issue. Issue that many was already considering and assessing for the future.

REFERENCES– Baldini et al.(2014) Rehabilitation of a historic cultivation through the creation of an agro-industrial

sector able to activate new territorial economies: study of environmental, economic and landscape outcomes of industrial Hemp in the Canavesearea,Politecnico di Torino, unpublished work. Accessed:21 june 2013

– Benhaim P., Bailey S., Marosszeky (no date)Growing hemp for profit. Start a hemp business

(ONLINE) Available at www.startahempbusiness.com Accessed 16 October 2014

– Benhaim P.(2013)Modern introduction to hemp: from food to fibre. Past, present and future, Australia, fourth edition, Paul Benhaim Accessed 28 August 2014

– Benhaim P. (2014) (seminar at World Hemp conference,Lendava, Slovenia), 25 August

– Benhaim p. (2000) H.E.M.P. : Healthy Eating Made Possible,London, Sheena Dewan

– Billhymer L. (2014)Introduction to sustainability (Coursera Lecture ) 14 Ocober 2014– Boersma, Francisco Van der Hoff (2012) Manifesto for the poor: solutions come from below, East

Meon, Hampshire: Hyden house Ltd– Bonaccorso M. (2013) Inside the european Bioeconomy: how to reconcile growth, jobs, rural

development and sustainability,Milton Keynes, Uk: Lightining source Ltd.– Bouloc P. et al. (ed.) (2013)Hemp:Industrial production and uses, CABI, Wallingford, OxordshirE

– Caquineau C.(2014) Critical thicking in global challenges (Coursera Lecture) 15 February

– Carter, C. R. and. Rogers D. S, (2008)'A framework of sustainable supply chain management: moving toward new theory', International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics Management, Vol. 38 Iss 5 pp. 360 – 387 (Online) Available at :

http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/09600030810882816

Acceessed on: 04 November 2014

– Castro J. S. (2012)Imperiled life: revolution against climate catastrophe, Edinburgh : AK press U.K– Cifuentes A.(2013) Foodonomics: advanced mass spectrometry in modern food science and

nutrition, Wiley and sons inc., Hoboken, New Jersey – Coelho et al.(2012): Linkages to Bioenergy, Globall Energy Assessment - Toward a Sustainable

Future.Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK and New York, NY, USA and the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, Laxenburg, Austria pp.1459–1526,

– Coleridge T.(2014) Healthy cities (Lecture to Msc:AEES Module CEM162 ) 14th February

– Corbett, C.J. Kleindorfer, P.R., 2003. Environmental management and operations management: introduction to the third special issue. Production and Operations Management 12 (3), 287–289.

– Bowon K.(2014)Supply chain management: a learning perspective,(Coursera lecture ) 28 July

– Danks (2014) personal comunication at World Hemp Congress 2014

– Daly, Herman E. (1996) Beyond Growth, Boston, Massachuetts: Beacon Press

– Department of agriculture forestry and fisheries south Africa (2011) A PROFILE OF THE SOUTH AFRICAN HEMP MARKET VALUE CHAIN (ONLINE) Availble at:

http://www.nda.agric.za/docs/AMCP/HEMPMVCP2011-12.pdfAccessed:19 june 2013

– Elikington J.(2004) Enter the triple bottom line,(Online)Available at:http://s3-ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com/jigsydney/general/PDF/203983~TBL-elkington-chapter.pdfAccessed 12 December 2014

– World Economic Forum(WEF)(2014)Towards the circular economy, accelerating the scale-up acrossglobal supply chains(Online)Available at:

http://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_ENV_TowardsCircularEconomy_Report_2014.pdfAccessed 17 December 2014

– Ellen Mc Arthur foundations (EMcA)(2013)TOWARDS THE circular economy Opportunities for the consumer goods sector Executive Summary vol 2 (Online) Available at:

http://www.mckinsey.com/~/media/McKinsey/dotcom/client_service/Sustainability/PDFs/Towards_the_circular_economy.ashxAccessed: 23 October 2014

– European Commission (EC)(2014)Towards a circular economy: A zero waste programme for Europe

(Online)Available at: http://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/pdf/circular-economy-communication.pdf Accessed: 22 December 2014

– European Commission (EC)(2013) EU Competitiveness report 2013: towards knowledge driven reindustrialization (ONLINE) Available at: http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/policies/industrial-competitiveness/competitiveness-analysis/european-competitiveness-report/files/eu-2013-eur-comp-rep_en.pdfAccessed : Accessed: 23 January 2014

– EEA(2011)The European environment, state and outlook 2010: assessment of global megatrends.

European Environment Agency, Copenhagen.(ONLINE)Available at : https://www.google.it/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=3&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0CC8QFjAC&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.eea.europa.eu%2Fsoer%2Feurope-and-the-world%2Fmegatrends%2Fdownload&ei=9kXJVPOvDsHeauCRgsgJ&usg=AFQjCNFZAsxeefjf9veVypxQGzAPlaxiDw&sig2=djBCxHAFPCK7Hh1KH-jfhQAccessed 2 March 2014

– Erb K.H.et al. (2007). A comprehensive global 5 min resolution land-use data set for the year 2000 consistent with national census data, Journal of Land Use Science 2, 191–224. (DOI: 10.1080/17474230701622981).

– Elkington J (04'?!)Enter the triple bottom line.(Online)Available at:Accessed:

– Evans V. (2011)writing a business plan, Harlow , Pearson education ltd

– Fine D. (2014) (seminar at World Hemp conference,Lendava, Slovenia), 26 August

– Foley J.A.,et al.(2011). Solutions for a cultivated planet. Nature 478, 337–342. doi: 10.1038/nature10452, ISSN: 0028-0836

– Francis S. K.(1996)Hemp (Cannabis sativa L.)as an Alternative Fibre Source for Nova Scotia, unpublished master of environmental studies, Dalhousie University,Halifax, Nova Scotia

– Rhydwen G.R.,2006, A model for UK hemp cultivation and processing to supply the building industrywith hurds for hemp and lime concrete and fibers for insulation bats, with the ethos of environmental protection as a priority (ONLINE) Availble at: http://gse.cat.org.uk/public_downloads/research/Ranyl_Rhydwen_thesis_january_2006.pdfAccessed:28june 2013

– Gray, R. (1994), “The challenge of going green – comment by Gray”, Harvard Business Review, Vol. 72 No. 4, pp. 46-7.

– Griffiths T. R. (2014) Configuring the World: A Critical Political Economy Approach(Coursera lecture) 17 September

– Heilbroner (Heilbroner R.L.(1980) An inquiry into the human prspect ; New York W.W.Norton)Holmgren, D.(2002) Permaculture : priciples and pathways beyond sustainability, Hepburn, Victoria: Holmgren Design Services

– Hockerts K. (2014) Social entrepreneurship(coursera lecture) 14 November

– Hopkins, R. (2011) The transition companion : making your community more resilient in uncertain times, Totnes,Devon: Green Books

– Hurtt G.,et al.(2011). Harmonization of land-use scenarios for the period 1500–2100: 600 years of global gridded annual land-use transitions, wood harvest, and resulting secondary lands. Climatic Change 109, 117–161. (DOI: 10.1007/s10584-011-0153-2). Available at: http://www.springerlink.com/content/y1n5n86570r356q5/abstract/. Accesed 24 October 2014

– Isaak R.(2002)Th making of the ecopreneur, ,GMI 36 Green leaf publishing

– IPCC (2013) Summary for Policymakers. In: Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Stocker, T.F., D. Qin, G.-K. Plattner, M. Tignor, S.K. Allen, J. Boschung, A. Nauels, Y. Xia, V. Bex and P.M. Midgley (eds.)]. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA.

– IPCC-b(2013)Working group 3 for mitigation of climate change, Chapter 9 Buildings

– (IPCC)Smith P. et al. (2014)(: Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use (AFOLU). In: Climate Change 2014: Mitigation of Climate Change. Contribution of Working Group III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Edenhofer, O., R. Pichs-Madruga, Y. Sokona, E. Farahani, S. Kadner, K. Seyboth, A. Adler, I. Baum, S. Brunner, P. Eickemeier, B. Kriemann, J. Savolainen, S. Schlömer, C. von Stechow, T. Zwickel and J.C. Minx (eds.)]. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA.

– Young E. M.(2005)Revival of Industrial Hemp:A systematic analysis of the current global industry to determine limitations and identify future potentials within the concept of sustainability, Thesis for Master’s Degree of International Environmental Science Lund University, Sweden

– Jackson R. (2012)Occupy world street, a global roadmap for radical economic and political reform, Totnes,Devon: Green Books

– Juniper T. (2007) Saving planet earth, London: HarperCollins

– Juniper T. (2013)What has nature ever done for us?,London: Profile books

– Katz and Boland (2002) One for all and all for one ? A new generatio of co-operatives emerge, Pergamon long range planning 35 (2002)73-89, Elsevier

– Keareny J. (2010)Food consumption trend and drivers, Phylosophical transaction of the royal society 365, 2793-2807 Royal society publishing

– Krausmann F.,et al.(2012). Long-term trajectories of the human appropriation of net primary production: Lessons from six national case studies. Ecological Economics 77, 129–138. (DOI: 10.1016/j.ecolecon.2012.02.019). Available at: http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0921800912000833.

– Kropotkin P (1902) Mutual aid: a factor of evolution, Marston gate Amazon.co.uk ltd

– Krucken L. (2008)Designing innovative forms of intermediation and communication: Towards sustainable production and consumption systems, (ONLINE)Available at: http://www.researchgate.net/publication/215640437_Designing_innovative_forms_of_intermediation_and_communication_towards_sustainable_production_and_consumption_systems/file/59762bc4a049ebbc5cbecae2b829627f.pdf?origin=publication_detail Accessed : December 2013

– Kunstler (2005)The long emergency : Surviving the converging catastrophes of the 21st century. Atlantic Monthly press, pp 239.

– Lambert Craig (2004)the way we eat now,Available at: http://harvardmagazine.com/2004/05/the-way-we-eat-now.html

– Latif E. (2013) Hygrothermal performance of hemp based thermal insulation materials in the

uk ,Unpublished PhD thesis, School of Architecture, Computing and Engineering, University of East London

– Glew D. W. (2013) Validating low carbon bio-renewable alternatives to, petrochemicals: exploring end of life impacts, Unpublished PhD thesis, department of biology, University of York

– Le Troedec M. et al. (2007)Influence of various chemical treatments on the composition and structure of hemp fibre, Composites Part A 39 614-622, Elsevier

– Lehtinen U. abnd Torkki (2005)The lean concept in the food industry: a case study of contract a manufacturer,Journal of food distribution research 36(3)

– Linton et al. (2007)'Sustainable supply chains: An introduction', Journal of Operations Management 25 (2007), pp 1075–108 2 Science Direct (Online) Available atAccessed: 6 November 2014

– Louv R. (2011)The nature principle : human restoration and the end of nature-deficit disorder, ChapelHill, North Carolina: Algonquin books of Chapel Hill

– Meakin S. (2007)Crops for industrya pactical guide to non-food and oilseed agriculture, Ramsbury:The crowood Press.

– Mannino I.(2012a) Millennium development goals lecturer Ilda Mannino lecture at Venice International University spring semester 2012

– Mannino I.(2012b) Interaction between society and environment lecturer Ilda Mannino lecture at Venice International University spring semester 2012

– Meadows D. et al.(1972)The limits to growth , London ; Earth island Ltd

– Mc Arthur Foundation(2013) Circular economy (ONLINE) Available at: http://www.ellenmacarthurfoundation.org/Accesed :11 January 2014

– MacMillan and Thompson(2014)Social entrepeneurship(Coursera Lecture) 3 November

– McKibben B.(2007) Deep Economy: the wealth of communities and the durable future, New York: Herny Holt and company lcc

– Mc Kinsey (2014) retrieved from http://www.mckinsey.com/insights/manufacturing/moving_toward_a_circular_economyAccessed : 3 February 2014

– Moorman, C. and Miner, A.S. (1997), “The impact of organizational memory on new product performance and creativity”, Journal of Marketing Research, Vol. 34 No. 1, pp. 91-106.

– Morin X. (2011) Food portfolios, resilient food systems and food security(Lecture on youtube for

Princeton university) 4th May 2011 Available at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zRR1Z4xslhM&index=2&list=PLtMvi6JNo8IsK8CNfaidhjsTvoI3T-nwdAccessed 14 March 2014

– Press release Hurth Press release

nova-Institut GmbH (www.nova-institute.eu) Hürth, 28 May 2014 Worldwide growth in industrial hemp – fibres, shivs, seed & oil and pharmaceuticals

– Pyke C.R., S. McMahon, L. Larsen, N.B. Rajkovich, and A. Rohloff (2012). Development and analysis 4 of Climate Sensitivity and Climate Adaptation opportunities indices for buildings. Building and 5 Environment 55, 141–149. (DOI: 10.1016/j.buildenv.2012.02.020).

– Prade et al.(2012)Energy balance for biogas and solid biofuel production from industrial hemp, Biomass and Bioenergy 40 (2012) 36-52 Elsevier(Online)

– Ranghieri F.(2014)Risk and opportunity: managing risk for development (Coursera lecture)14 October 2014

– Roaf S., D. Crichton, and F. Nicol (2009). Adapting buildings and cities for climate change : A 21st 33Century Survival Guide. Architectural Press/Elsevier, Kidlington, (ISBN: 9781856177207 1856177203).

– Robertson J. (1998) Shumacher's briefing: transforming economic life a millennnial challenge, Bristol: Green books ltd.

– Roncehtti(2014) Interview for the qualitative questionnaire regarding Industrail hemp supply chain Dissertation (skype) 13 December

– RSA(2013)Investigating the role of design in the circular economy, report 01 (Online) Available

at :http://www.greatrecovery.org.uk/resources/ Accessed 16 November 2014

– Sachs J. (2014)The age of sustainable development (coursera lecture) 12,14 October

– Senge P., Carstedt G.(2001)Innovating our way to the next industrial revolution: MIT Sloan Management Review; Winter 2001; 42, 2; ABI/INFORM Global pg. 24

– Seuring S. and Muller M.(2008) 'From a literature review to a conceptual framework for sustainable supply chain management',Journal of Cleaner Production vol16 (2008) 1699–1710, Elsevier (Online) Avilable at: Accessed :4 November 2014

– Simonsen et.al.,(2012)Applying resilience thinking,Seven principles for building resilience in social-ecological systems,(ONLINE )Available at:

http://www.stockholmresilience.org/download/18.10119fc11455d3c557d6928/1398150799790/SRC+Applying+Resilience+final.pdf Accessed 14 December 2014

– Tomkin J. And Theis T. (2014)Sustainability: a comprehensive foundation,(Coursera Course) November 2014

– Tolhurst I and Hall J.(2006)Growing green organic tecniques for a sustainable future, the vegan organic network, cheshire

– UNEP (2011) Decoupling natural resource use and environmental impacts from economic growth, A Report of the Working Group on Decoupling to the International Resource Panel Fischer-Kowalski, M., Swilling, M., von Weizsäcker, E.U., Ren, Y., Moriguchi, Y., Crane, W., Krausmann, F., Eisenmenger, N., Giljum, S., Hennicke, P., Romero Lankao, P., Siriban Manalang, A., Sewerin, S.(online)Available at:

http://www.unep.org/resourcepanel/decoupling/files/pdf/Decoupling_Report_English.pdf Accessed : 27 April 2013

– Van Vliet E.(2014)The future of industrial hemp in the Netherlands. Unpublished Master thesis Environmental Biology. Department of Biology Utrecht University

– Valerie L. Vantreese V.L.,(1998) Industrial Hemp: Global Operations, Local Implication, (ONLINE) Available at: http://www.votehemp.com/PDF/hemp98.pdf

Accessed :December 2013

– Vitousek P. M, Mooney H.A., Lubchenco J., Jerry M. Melillo(2007) Science 25 July 1997 Vol. 277 no. 5325 pp. 494-499 DOI: 10.1126/science.277.5325.494

– Wienke U.(2002)Manuale di Bioedilizia , DEI s.r.l., Roma, second edition

– Wikipedia (2014 ) circular economy framework (Online) Retrieved at:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Circular_economy#The_circular_economy_framework– WWF(2014) Living planet report 2014, species and spaces people and plces,

– Zanololi R., Gambelli D., Vairo D.(2012)Scenarios of the organic food market in Europe, Food policy 37 41-57, Elsevier

INNOVATIVE AND TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE SUPPLY CHAIN BASED ON INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT: DESIGN IMPLICATIONS...

Documents

Beethoven Triple Concerto

Tasmania Hemp (Cannabis) Fiber and Seed Cultivar Field

Triple-objective Team Mentoring

Extremal problems for triple systems

TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE ACCOUNTING AND SUSTAINABILITY: AN ASSESSMENT OF CORPORATE ORGANIZATIONS IN ISHIAGU, SOUTHEAST NIGERIA

Hygric properties of hemp bio-insulations with differing compositions

Key cultivation techniques for hemp in Europe and China

The Dilated Triple

Untitled - Vietnam Triple Deuce

Triple bottom line reporting to promote sustainability of irrigation in Australia

Improving the triple bottom line returns from smallholder tree farms in the Philippines: A systems approach

Hemp-Based Microfluidics - MDPI

Steam pretreatment of dry and ensiled industrial hemp for ethanol production

โครงงานคอมพิวเตอร์ประเภทซอฟต์แวร์ เรื่อง Triple P Robot

Millenial's Preference on Triple Bottom Line - CORE

The Doctrine of Triple Effect

Agronomy of fibre hemp (Cannabis sativa L.) in Europe

Cannflavins from hemp sprouts, a novel cannabinoid-free hemp food product, target microsomal prostaglandin E2 synthase-1 and 5-lipoxygenase

A guide to using triple bottom line reporting as a framework to promote the sustainability of rural and urban irrigation in Australia

evaluating the viability of hemp fibre in stone matrix